DAIKIN Mini Split Inverter R-410A ED04-910

ED 04 - 910

C-Series / G-Series / H-Series

- Cooling Only / Heat Pump -

ED04-910

Split-SystemRoom Air Conditioners

C-SeriesG-SeriesH-Series

1. Features ..................................................................................................32. Power Supply ..........................................................................................63. Functions.................................................................................................7

3.1 Cooling Only.............................................................................................73.2 Heat Pump ...............................................................................................8

4. Specifications ........................................................................................114.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................114.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................13

5. Dimensions ..........................................................................................205.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................205.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................24

6. Wiring Diagrams....................................................................................276.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................276.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................29

Cooling Only

FTKS25GVMA

FTKS35GVMA

FTKS50GVMA

FTKS60GVMA

FTKS71GVMA

RKS25EBVMA

RKS35EBVMA

RKS50FBVMA

RKS60FBVMA

RKS71FBVMA

Heat Pump

FTXS25GVMA

FTXS35GVMA

FTXS50GVMA

FTXS60GVMA

FTXS71GVMA

FTXS80GVMA

FTXS80HVMA

FTXS90HVMA

FTXS100HVMA

FTXS50CVMA

RXS25EBVMA

RXS35EBVMA

RXS50FBVMA

RXS60FBVMA

RXS71FBVMA

RXS80FBVMA

RXS80HVMA

RXS90HVMA

RXS100HVMA

RXS50BVMA

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 1

ED04-910

7. Piping Diagrams....................................................................................337.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................337.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................35

8. Capacity Tables ....................................................................................408.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................408.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................438.3 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping

(Reference) ............................................................................................53

9. Operation Limit......................................................................................559.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................559.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................56

10.Sound Level ..........................................................................................5810.1 Measuring Location ................................................................................5810.2 Octave Band Level .................................................................................59

11.Electric Characteristics..........................................................................6612.Installation Manual ................................................................................69

12.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................6912.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................99

13.Operation Manual................................................................................14213.1 Safety Precautions ...............................................................................14213.2 FTK(X)S 25/35 G..................................................................................14413.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS 80 G .............................................................16813.4 FTXS 80-100 H ....................................................................................19213.5 FTXS 50 C............................................................................................221

14.Optional Accessories ..........................................................................24514.1 Option List ............................................................................................24514.2 Installation Manual ...............................................................................246

2 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

ED04-910 Features

1.Features

FTK(X)S25/35G

FTKS50/60/71GFTXS50/60/71/80G

FTXS80/90/100H

Indoor units Outdoor units

RK(X)S25/35EB RK(X)S50/60FB

RK(X)S71FBRXS80FBRXS80/90H

RXS100H

FTXS25/35G

FTXS50/60/71/80G

238

195800

1050250

1200 240

Unit: mm

150

FTXS80/90/100H

DimensionsComparison(Wall mounted typeindoor units)

283

340

290

AppearanceNew Model

•• logo labellogo label

•• discharge dischargegrillegrille

RXS71FBRXS71FB

•• logo labellogo labelRK(X)S 50-60 RK(X)S 50-60 FBFB

•• logo labellogo label

•• discharge dischargegrillegrille

RK(X)S 25-35 RK(X)S 25-35 EBEB

Changed pointCurrent model

RXS 71 FVMARXS 71 FVMA

RKS 50-60 FRKS 50-60 F

RXS 50-60 F(A)RXS 50-60 F(A)

RKS 25-35 ERXS 25-35 ERXS 25-35 E

Appearance

Outdoor unitsChanges in external appearance : RK(X)S 25-71

RKS 25-35 E


Features ED04-910

FTXS80/90/100H

FTXS80/90/100H

FTXS80/90/100H

“Comfortable Mode” prevents direct airflow to users and reduces discomfort air drafts.When cooling : Flap can be fixed at higher position than the normal cooling operation

position.When heating : Flap can be fixed at lower position than the normal heating operation

position and warms feet.

Normal Operation

45~80˚

Comfort Mode

40˚ fixed

40˚

80˚

45˚

Comfort Mode

105˚ fixed

Normal Operation

15~45˚

60˚

100˚105˚

< < Cooling >Cooling > < < Heating >Heating >

—— Comfortable Airflow ModeComfortable Airflow Mode ——

—— New Remote ControllerNew Remote Controller ——

LCD panelwith backlight

Luminous buttons

The LCD panel is equipped with The LCD panel is equipped with backlighting, and a luminescent backlighting, and a luminescent material is used for the buttons on material is used for the buttons on the surface.the surface.Therefore the user friendliness and Therefore the user friendliness and operation in dark places, such as operation in dark places, such as bedrooms at night, is improved.bedrooms at night, is improved.

Designed to be Stylish and User FriendlyDesigned to be Stylish and User Friendly

Stylish new design At night

—— Weekly TimerWeekly Timer ——Adopts the remote controller with a weekly timer developed for the floor standing type launched last year

Weekly timer display

Weekly timer setting button

Different pattern of operation start/stop time Different pattern of operation start/stop time can be set on each day of the week, from can be set on each day of the week, from Monday to Sunday. For each day, maximum Monday to Sunday. For each day, maximum four settings of ON or OFF is possible.four settings of ON or OFF is possible.

•• You can fix different settings on weekdays You can fix different settings on weekdays and weekends. and weekends.

•• Not only combination of ON and OFF, but Not only combination of ON and OFF, but also the pattern such as ONalso the pattern such as ON--ONON--ONON--OFF OFF is possibleis possible (This means to change the set (This means to change the set temperature while keeping operating). temperature while keeping operating).


ED04-910 Features

ECONO mode is a function that enables efficient operation by limiting the maximum power consumption of the system.(The maximum running current and power consumption of the air conditioner in ECONO mode vary with the connecting outdoor unit.)This function is useful for cases in which attention should be paid to ensure a circuit breaker will not trip when the product runs alongside other appliances.

It is easily activated from the wireless remote controller by pushing the ECONO button.

• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.

—— ECONO modeECONO mode ——


Power Supply ED04-910

2. Power Supply

Note: Power Supply Intake ; Outdoor Unit

Indoor Units Outdoor Units Power Supply

FTKS25GVMA RKS25EBVMA

1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz1φ, 220~230V, 60Hz


FTKS50GVMA RKS50FBVMA



FTXS25GVMA RXS25EBVMA


FTXS50GVMA RXS50FBVMA




FTXS80HVMA RXS80HVMA



FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA


ED04-910 Functions

3. Functions3.1 Cooling Only

Category Functions

FT

KS

25/3

5GV

MA

RK

S25

/35E

BV

MA

FT

KS

50/6

0/71

GV

MA

RK

S50

/60/

71F

BV

MA

Category Functions

FT

KS

25/3

5GV

MA

RK

S25

/35E

BV

MA

FT

KS

50/6

0/71

GV

MA

RK

S50

/60/

71F

BV

MA

Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Control)

Health & Clean

Air Purifying Filter — —Operation Limit for Cooling (°C) 10

~4610

~46

Operation Limit for Heating (°C) — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —

PAM Control

Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function

— —

Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —

Rotary Compressor — — Air Filter (Prefilter)

Reluctance DC Motor Wipe-clean Flat Panel

Comfortable Airflow

Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille — —

Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation —

Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Heating Dry Operation — —

Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —

Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer — —

Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — 24-Hour On/Off Timer

3-D Airflow — Night Set Mode

Comfort Airflow Mode — — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”

Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)

3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display

Comfort Control

Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check — —

Indoor Unit Quiet Operation Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat Exchanger

Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — —

Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation (Manual)

Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit

INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Quick Warming Function — — High Ceiling Application — —

Hot-Start Function — — Chargeless 10m 10m

Automatic Defrosting — — Either Side Drain (Right or Left)

Operation Automatic Operation — — Power Selection — —

Programme Dry Function Remote Control

5-Rooms Centralized Controller (Option)

Fan Only Remote Control Adaptor(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)

Lifestyle Convenience

New POWERFUL Operation (Non-Inverter) — —

Inverter POWERFUL Operation Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)

Priority-Room Setting — —

Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)

HOME LEAVE Operation — Remote Controller

Wireless

ECONO Mode — Wired — —

Indoor Unit On/Off Switch

Signal Reception Indicator

R/C with back light — —

Temperature Display — —

Another Room Operation — —

Note: : Holding Functions— : No Functions


Functions ED04-910

3.2 Heat Pump

Category Functions

FT

XS

25/3

5GV

MA

RX

S25

/35E

BV

MA

FT

XS

50/6

0/71

GV

MA

RX

S50

/60/

71F

BV

MA

Category Functions

FT

XS

25/3

5GV

MA

RX

S25

/35E

BV

MA

FT

XS

50/6

0/71

GV

MA

RX

S50

/60/

71F

BV

MA


Health & Clean Air Purifying Filter — —

Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10~46

10~46 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —

Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –10~20

–15~18


— —

PAM Control Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Longlife Filter — —

Swing Compressor Air Filter (Prefilter)

Rotary Compressor — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel

Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille — —

Comfortable Airflow

Power-Airflow Flap — — Mold Proof Operation —

Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Heating Dry Operation — —

Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —

Wide-Angle Louvers Timer Weekly Timer — —

Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) 24-Hour On/Off Timer

Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) — Night Set Mode

3-D Airflow — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”


Comfort Airflow Mode — — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display

3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Wiring Error Check — —

Comfort Control

Auto Fan Speed Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor Heat Exchanger

Indoor Unit Quiet Operation

Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — FlexibilityMulti-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation

(Manual)

INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Quick Warming Function High Ceiling Application — —

Hot-Start Function Chargeless 10m 10m

Automatic Defrosting Either Side Drain (Right or Left)

Automatic Operation Power Selection — —

Programme Dry Function Remote Control


Fan Only

Lifestyle Convenience New POWERFUL Operation

(Non-Inverter) — —Remote Control Adaptor(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)

Inverter POWERFUL Operation Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)

Priority-Room Setting — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)

Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — Remote Controller

Wireless

HOME LEAVE Operation — Wired — —

ECONO Mode —

Indoor Unit On/Off Switch


R/C with back light — —





ED04-910 Functions

Category Functions

FT

XS

80G

VM

AR

XS

80F

BV

MA

FT

XS

80/9

0/10

0HV

MA

RX

S80

/90/

100H

VM

A

Category Functions

FT

XS

80G

VM

AR

XS

80F

BV

MA

FT

XS

80/9

0/10

0HV

MA

RX

S80

/90/

100H

VM

A


Health & Clean

Air Purifying Filter — —Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10

~4610

~46

Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15~18

–15~18 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —

PAM Control


— —

Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —

Rotary Compressor — — Air Filter (Prefilter)


Comfortable Airflow

Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille — —

Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation — —

Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Heating Dry Operation — —

Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —

Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer —

Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) 24-Hour On/Off Timer

3-D Airflow Night Set Mode

Comfort Airflow Mode — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”


3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display

Comfort Control

Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check — —


Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — —


FlexibilityMulti-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit — —

INTELLIGENT EYE

Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Hot-Start Function High Ceiling Application — —

Automatic Defrosting Chargeless 10m 10m

Operation Automatic Operation Either Side Drain (Right or Left)

Programme Dry Function Power Selection — —

Fan Only Remote Control



New POWERFUL Operation (Non-Inverter) — — Remote Control Adaptor

(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)

Inverter POWERFUL Operation

Priority-Room Setting — — Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)

Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — —

HOME LEAVE Operation — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)

ECONO Mode — Remote Controller

Wireless

Indoor Unit On/Off Switch Wired — —


R/C with back light —





Functions ED04-910

Category Functions

FT

XS

50C

VM

AR

XS

50B

VM

A

Category Functions

FT

XS

50C

VM

AR

XS

50B

VM

A


Health & Clean

Air Purifying Filter —Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) –5

~46

Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15~18 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter —

PAM Control


Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter —

Swing Compressor Longlife Filter —

Rotary Compressor — Air Filter (Prefilter)


Comfortable Airflow

Power-Airflow Flap — Washable Grille —

Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation —

Power-Airflow Diffuser — Heating Dry Operation —

Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation —

Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer —

Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and Left) 24-Hour On/Off Timer

3-D Airflow Night Set Mode

Comfort Airflow Mode — Worry Free “Reliability & Durability”


3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED) Display

Comfort Control

Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check —


Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) —


FlexibilityMulti-Split / Split Type Compatible Indoor Unit

INTELLIGENT EYE

Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Hot-Start Function High Ceiling Application —

Automatic Defrosting Chargeless 10m

Operation Automatic Operation Either side Drain (Right or Left)

Programme Dry Function Power Selection —

Fan Only Remote Control



New POWERFUL Operation (Non-Inverter) — Remote Control Adaptor

(Normal Open-Pulse Contact) (Option)

Inverter POWERFUL Operation

Priority-Room Setting — Remote Control Adaptor (Normal Open Contact) (Option)

Cooling / Heating Mode Lock —

HOME LEAVE Operation DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor) (Option)

ECONO Mode — Remote Controller

Wireless

Indoor Unit On/Off Switch Wired —


R/C with back light —

Temperature Display —

Another Room Operation —



ED04-910 Specifications

4. Specifications4.1 Cooling Only

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.

ModelsIndoor Units FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMAOutdoor Units RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA

Capacity Rated (Min.~Max.)

kW 2.46 (1.2~3.0) 3.34 (1.2~3.8)Btu/h 8,400 (4,100~10,200) 11,400 (4,100~12,950)kcal/h 2,120 (1,030~2,580) 2,870 (1,030~3,260)

Moisture Removal L/h 1.2 1.9Running Current (Rated) A 3.5-3.3-3.2 / 3.5-3.3 4.9-4.7-4.5 / 4.9-4.7Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 600 (300~800) 1,010 (300~1,200)

Power Factor % 77.9-79.1-78.1 / 77.9-79.1 93.7-93.4-93.5 / 93.7-93.4EER (Cooling) Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 4.10 (4.00~3.75) 3.31 (4.00~3.17)

Piping Connections

Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0

Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 20 20Max. Interunit Height Difference m 15 15Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20 20

Indoor Unit FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMAFront Panel Color White White

Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)

H 8.7 (307) 8.9 (314)M 6.7 (237) 6.9 (244)L 4.7 (166) 4.8 (169)

SL 3.9 (138) 4.0 (141)

FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 40 40Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto

Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.17-0.16-0.15 / 0.17-0.16 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18Power Consumption (Rated) W 35-35-35 / 35-35 40-40-40 / 40-40Power Factor % 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 283×800×195 283×800×195Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 265×855×340 265×855×340Weight kg 9 9Gross Weight kg 12 12Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37 / 31 / 25 / 22 38 / 32 / 26 / 23

Outdoor Unit RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 1YC23NXD 1YC23NXDMotor Output W 600 600

Refrigerant Oil

Type FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.375 0.375

RefrigerantType R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.0 1.0

Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)H 33.5 (1,183) 33.5 (1,183)L 23.4 (826) 23.4 (826)

FanType Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 50 50

Running Current (Rated) A 3.3-3.1-3.1 / 3.3-3.1 4.7-4.5-4.3 / 4.7-4.5Power Consumption (Rated) W 565-565-565 / 565-565 970-970-970 / 970-970Power Factor % 77.1-74.4-77.2 / 77.1-74.4 93.6-89.7-93.3 / 93.6-89.7Starting Current A 3.5 4.9Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 550×765×285 550×765×285Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 589×882×363 589×882×363Weight kg 34 34Gross Weight kg 40 40Operation Sound dBA H : 46 L: 43 H : 47 L: 44Sound Power dBA H : 61 H : 62Drawing No. 3D062280 3D062281

Conversion Formulae

kcal/h=kW×860Btu/h=kW×3414

cfm=m³/min×35.3

Cooling Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB

Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB 7.5m


Specifications ED04-910

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelIndoor Units FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA FTKS71GVMAOutdoor Units RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA RKS71FBVMA


kW 5.17 (1.7~6.0) 5.89 (1.7~6.7) 7.05 (2.3~8.5)Btu/h 17,600 (5,800~20,500) 20,100 (5,800~22,900) 24,100 (7,800~29,000)kcal/h 4,450 (1,460~5,160) 5,070 (1,460~5,760) 6,060 (1,980~7,310)

Running CurrentRated (Max.) A 7.0-6.7-6.4 / 7.0-6.7 9.5-9.1-8.7 / 9.5-9.1 10.9-10.5-10.0 / 10.9-10.5

Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 1,500 (440~2,080) 2,050 (440~2,390) 2,380 (570~3,200)

Power Factor % 97.4-97.3-97.7 / 97.4-97.3 98.1-97.9-98.2 / 98.1-97.9 99.2-98.6-99.2 / 99.2-98.6EER (Cooling) Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 3.45 (3.86~2.88) 2.87 (3.86~2.80) 2.96 (4.04~2.66)

Piping Connections

Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0 φ18.0

Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. lnterunit Piping Length m 30 30 30Max. lnterunit Height Difference m 20 20 20Chargeless m 10 10 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 20 20 20

Indoor Unit FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA FTKS71GVMAFront Panel Color White White White

Airflow Rate m³/min(cfm)

H 14.7 (519) 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614)M 12.6 (445) 13.9 (491) 14.6 (516)L 10.2 (360) 11.5 (406) 11.9 (420)

SL 9.2 (325) 10.0 (353) 11.2 (395)

FanType Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 43 43 43Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto

Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.16-0.15-0.15 / 0.16-0.15 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20Power Consumption (Rated) W 34-34-34 / 34-34 40-40-40 / 40-40 45-45-45 / 45-45Power Factor % 96.6-98.6-94.4 / 96.6-98.6 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12 12 12Gross Weight kg 17 17 17Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 44 / 40 / 35 / 32 45 / 41 / 36 / 33 46 / 42 / 37 / 34

Sound Power dBA 60 61 62Outdoor Unit RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA RKS71FBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC36BXD 2YC36BXD 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,100 1,100 1,920

Refrigerant OilType FVC50K FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.65 0.65 0.75

RefrigerantType R-410A R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.5 1.5 2.3

Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 50.9 (1,797) 54.2 (1,914) 57.1 (2,016)H 48.9 (1,727) 50.9 (1,797) 54.5 (1,924)L 41.7 (1,472) 45.0 (1,589) 46.0 (1,624)

FanType Propeller Propeller PropellerMotor Output W 53 53 66

Running Current (Rated) A 6.8-6.6-6.3 / 6.8-6.6 9.3-8.9-8.5 / 9.3-8.9 10.7-10.3-9.8 / 10.7-10.3Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,466-1,466-1,466 / 1,466-1,466 2,010-2,010-2,010 / 2,010-2,010 2,335-2,335-2,335 / 2,335-2,335Power Factor (Rated) % 97.4-95.1-97.7 / 97.4-95.1 98.1-96.0-98.2 / 98.1-96.0 99.3-96.7-99.2 / 99.3-96.7Starting Current A 7.2 9.2 10.8Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300 735×825×300 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 792×960×390 792×960×390 900×925×390Weight kg 47 47 71Gross Weight kg 52 52 80Sound Pressure dBA H : 47 L : 44 H : 49 L : 46 H : 52 SL : 49Sound Power dBA H : 61 H : 63 H : 66Drawing No. 3D062268 3D062269 3D062270

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3

Cooling Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB




4.2 Heat Pump50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelsIndoor Units FTXS25GVMA FTXS35GVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS25EBVMA RXS35EBVMA

Cooling Heating Cooling Heating

CapacityRated (Min.~Max.)

kW 2.46 (1.2~3.0) 3.37 (1.2~4.5) 3.34 (1.2~3.8) 3.94 (1.2~5.0)Btu/h 8,400 (4,100~10,200) 11,500 (4,100~15,350) 11,400 (4,100~12,950) 13,400 (4,100~17,050)kcal/h 2,120 (1,030~2,580) 2,900 (1,030~3,870) 2,870 (1,030~3,260) 3,390 (1,030~4,300)

Moisture Removal L/h 1.2 — 1.9 —Running Current (Rated) A 3.5-3.3-3.2 / 3.5-3.3 4.4-4.2-3.9 / 4.4-4.2 4.9-4.7-4.5 / 4.9-4.7 5.2-5.0-4.8 / 5.2-5.0Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 600 (300~800) 840 (290~1,340) 1,010 (300~1,200) 1,110 (290~1,550)

Power Factor % 77.9-79.1-78.1 / 77.9-79.1 86.8-87.0-89.7 / 86.8-87.0 93.7-93.4-93.5 / 93.7-93.4 97.0-96.5-96.4 / 97.0-96.5EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 4.10 (4.00~3.75) 4.01 (4.14~3.36) 3.31 (4.00~3.17) 3.55 (4.14~3.23)

Piping Connections

Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0

Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 20 20Max. Interunit Height Difference m 15 15Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 20 20

Indoor Units FTXS25GVMA FTXS35GVMAFront Panel Color White White

Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)

H 8.7 (307) 9.4 (332) 8.9 (314) 9.7 (342)M 6.7 (237) 7.6 (268) 6.9 (242) 7.9 (277)L 4.7 (166) 5.8 (205) 4.8 (169) 6.0 (212)

SL 3.9 (138) 5.0 (177) 4.0 (141) 5.2 (184)


Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.17-0.16-0.15 / 0.17-0.16 0.17-0.16-0.15 / 0.17-0.16 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18Power Consumption (Rated) W 35-35-35 / 35-35 35-35-35 / 35-35 40-40-40 / 40-40 40-40-40 / 40-40Power Factor % 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 283×800×195 283×800×195Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 265×855×340 265×855×340Weight kg 9 9Gross Weight kg 12 12Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 37/31/25/22 37/33/28/25 38/32/26/23 38/34/29/26

Outdoor Units RXS25EBVMA RXS35EBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 1YC23NXD 1YC23NXDMotor Output W 600 600

Refrigerant Oil

Type FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.375 0.375

RefrigerantType R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.0 1.0

Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)H 33.5 (1,183) 30.2 (1,066) 33.5 (1,183) 30.2 (1,066)L 23.4 (826) 28.3 (999) 23.4 (826) 28.3 (999)


Running Current (Rated) A 3.3-3.1-3.1 / 3.3-3.1 4.2-4.0-3.8 / 4.2-4.0 4.7-4.5-4.3 / 4.7-4.5 5.0-4.8-4.6 / 5.0-4.8Power Consumption (Rated) W 565-565-565 / 565-565 805-805-805 / 805-805 970-970-970 / 970-970 1,070-1,070-1,070 / 1,070-1,070Power Factor % 77.1-74.4-77.2 / 77.1-74.4 86.5-86.6-89.4 / 86.5-86.6 93.6-89.7-93.3 / 93.6-89.7 97.1-96.5-96.3 / 97.1-96.5Starting Current A 4.3 5.1Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 550×765×285 550×765×285Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 589×882×363 589×882×363Weight kg 34 34Gross Weight kg 40 40Operation Sound dBA H : 46 L : 43 H : 47 L : 44 H : 47 L : 44 H : 48 L : 45Sound Power dBA H : — H : 62 — 63Drawing No. 3D062282 3D062283

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3

Cooling Heating Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB

Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWBIndoor ; 20°CDB




50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelIndoor Units FTXS50GVMA FTXS60GVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS50FBVMA RXS60FBVMA



kW 5.17 (1.7~6.0) 5.86 (1.7~7.7) 5.89 (1.7~6.7) 6.96 (1.7~8.0)Btu/h 17,600 (5,800~20,500) 20,000 (5,800~26,300) 20,100 (5,800~22,900) 23,700 (5,800~27,300)kcal/h 4,450 (1,460~5,160) 5,040 (1,460~6,620) 5,070 (1,460~5,760) 5,990 (1,460~6,880)

Running Current Rated A 7.0-6.7-6.4 / 7.0-6.7 7.4-7.1-6.8 / 7.4-7.1 9.5-9.1-8.7 / 9.5-9.1 9.4-9.0-8.6 / 9.4-9.0Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 1,500 (440~2,080) 1,610 (400~2,530) 2,050 (440~2,390) 2,030 (400~2,810)

Power Factor % 97.4-97.3-97.7 / 97.4-97.3 98.3-98.0-98.0 / 98.3-98.0 98.1-97.9-98.2 / 98.1-97.9 98.6-98.6-98.8 / 98.6-98.6EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 3.45 (3.86~2.88) 3.64 (4.25~3.04) 2.87 (3.86~2.80) 3.43 (4.25~2.85)

Piping Connections

Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0

Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20 20Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20 20

Indoor Unit FTXS50GVMA FTXS60GVMAFront Panel Color White White


H 14.7 (519) 16.2 (572) 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614)M 12.6 (445) 13.8 (487) 13.9 (491) 15.3 (540)L 10.2 (360) 11.5 (406) 11.5 (406) 12.8 (452)

SL 9.2 (325) 10.2 (360) 10.0 (353) 10.5 (371)


Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.16-0.15-0.15 / 0.16-0.15 0.17-0.16-0.16 / 0.17-0.16 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20Power Consumption (Rated) W 34-34-34 / 34-34 36-36-36 / 36-36 40-40-40 / 40-40 45-45-45 / 45-45Power Factor % 96.6-98.6-94.4 / 96.6-98.6 96.3-97.8-93.8 / 96.3-97.8 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12 12Gross Weight kg 17 17Operation Pressure H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30 45/41/36/33 44/40/35/32Sound Power dBA 60 58 61 60Outdoor Unit RXS50FBVMA RXS60FBVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC36BXD 2YC36BXDMotor Output W 1,100 1,100

Refrigerant Oil

Model FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.65 0.65

RefrigerantModel R-410A R-410ACharge kg 1.5 1.5

Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 50.9 (1,797) — 54.2 (1,914) —H 48.9 (1,727) 45.0 (1,589) 50.9 (1,797) 46.3 (1,635)L 41.7 (1,472) 45.0 (1,589) 45.0 (1,589) 46.3 (1,635)


Running Current (Rated) A 6.8-6.6-6.3 / 6.8-6.6 7.3-7.0-6.7 / 7.3-7.0 9.3-8.9-8.5 / 9.3-8.9 9.1-8.8-8.4 / 9.1-8.8

Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,466-1,466-1,466 /1,466-1,466

1,574-1,574-1,574 /1,574-1,574

2,010-2,010-2,010 /2,010-2,010

1,985-1,985-1,985 /1,985-1,985

Power Factor (Rated) % 97.4-95.1-97.7 / 97.4-95.1 98.3-98.0-98.1 / 98.3-98.0 98.1-96.0-98.2 / 98.1-96.0 98.6-98.6-98.8 / 98.6-98.6Starting Current A 7.4 9.4Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300 735×825×300Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 792×960×390 792×960×390Weight kg 48 48Gross Weight kg 53 53Operation Pressure dBA H : 47 SL : 44 L : 48 SL : 45 H : 49 SL : 46 L : 49 SL : 46Sound Power dBA H : — L : 62 H : 63 L : 63Drawing No. 3D062271 3D062272

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3

Cooling Heating Piping Length

Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB

Indoor ; 20°CDBOutdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m



50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelIndoor Units FTXS71GVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS71FBVMA

Cooling Heating


kW 7.05 (2.3~8.5) 8.04 (2.3~10.0)Btu/h 24,100 (7,800~29,000) 27,400 (7,900~34,100)kcal/h 6,060 (1,980~7,310) 6,910 (1,980~8,600)

Running Current Rated A 10.9-10.5-10.0 / 10.9-10.5 11.4-10.9-10.4 / 11.4-10.9Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 2,380 (570~3,200) 2,470 (520~3,730)

Power Factor (Rated) % 99.2-98.6-99.2 / 99.2-98.6 98.5-98.5-99.0 / 98.5-98.5EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 2.96 (4.04~2.66) 3.26 (4.42~2.68)

Piping Connections

Liquid mm φ 6.4Gas mm φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0

Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20

Indoor Unit FTXS71GVMAFront Panel Color White


H 17.4 (614) 21.5 (759)M 14.6 (516) 18.0 (636)L 11.9 (420) 14.4 (508)

SL 11.2 (395) 13.3 (470)

FanType Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 43Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto

Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20 0.28-0.27-0.26 / 0.28-0.27Power Consumption (Rated) W 45-45-45 / 45-45 60-60-60 / 60-60Power Factor % 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8 97.4-96.6-96.2 / 97.4-96.6Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12Gross Weight kg 17Operation Pressure H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34 46/42/37/34Sound Power dBA 62 62Outdoor Unit RXS71FBVMACasing Color Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,920

Refrigerant Oil

Model FVC50KCharge L 0.75

RefrigerantModel R-410ACharge kg 2.3

Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 57.1 (2,016) —H 54.5 (1,924) 52.5 (1,854)L 46.0 (1,624) 52.5 (1,854)

FanType PropellerMotor Output W 66

Running Current (Rated) A 10.7-10.3-9.8 / 10.7-10.3 11.1-10.6-10.1 / 11.1-10.6Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,335-2,335-2,335 / 2,335-2,335 2,410-2,410-2,410 / 2,410-2,410Power Factor % 99.3-96.7-99.2 / 99.3-96.7 98.5-98.6-99.0 / 98.5-98.6Starting Current A 11.6Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390Weight kg 71Gross Weight kg 80Sound Pressure dBA H : 52 SL : 49 L : 52 SL : 49Sound Power dBA H : 66 L : 66Drawing No. 3D062273

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3






50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelIndoor Units FTXS80GVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS80FBVMA

Cooling Heating


kW 7.80 (2.3~9.0) 9.52 (2.3~10.2)Btu/h 26,600 (7,800~30,700) 32,500 (7,800~34,800)kcal/h 6,710 (1,980~7,740) 8,190 (1,980~8,770)

Running CurrentRated A 12.6-12.0-11.5 / 12.6-12.0 14.7-14.0-13.4 / 14.7-14.0

Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 2,740 (570~3,500) 3,220 (520~3,820)

Power Factor % 98.8-99.3-99.3 / 98.8-99.3 99.6-100.0-100.1 / 99.6-100.0EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 2.85 (4.04~2.57) 2.96 (4.42~2.67)

Piping Connections


Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 20

Indoor Unit FTXS80GVMAFront Panel Color White


H 21.1 (745) 23.0 (812)M 17.9 (632) 19.5 (689)L 14.8 (523) 16.1 (568)

SL 12.9 (455) 14.5 (512)


Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.31-0.29-0.28 / 0.31-0.29 0.30-0.29-0.28 / 0.30-0.29Power Consumption (Rated) W 65-65-65 / 65-65 65-65-65 / 65-65Power Factor % 95.3-97.5-96.7 / 95.3-97.5 98.5-97.5-96.7 / 98.5-97.5Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366Weight kg 12Gross Weight kg 17Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35

Sound Power dBA 65 65Outdoor Unit RXS80FBVMACasing Color Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,920

Refrigerant Oil



Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 63.7 (2,249) —H 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087)L 46.0 (1,624) 59.1 (2,087)


Running Current (Rated) A 12.3-11.7-11.2 / 12.3-11.7 14.4-13.7-13.1 / 14.4-13.7Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,675-2,675-2,675 / 2,675-2,675 3,155-3,155-3,155 / 3,155-3,155Power Factor (Rated) % 98.9-96.9-99.3 / 98.9-96.9 99.6-100.1-100.2 / 89.6-100.1Starting Current A 15.0Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390Weight kg 71Gross Weight kg 80Operation Sound dBA H : 54 SL : 51 L : 54 SL : 51Sound Power dBA H : 68 L : 68Drawing No. 3D062274

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3






50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelIndoor Units FTXS80HVMA FTXS90HVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS80HVMA RXS90HVMA



kW 8.0 (2.3~9.5) 9.5 (2.3~10.5) 9.0 (2.3~10.5) 10.0 (2.3~11.2)Btu/h 27,300 (7,800~32,400) 32,400 (7,800~35,800) 30,700 (7,800~35,800) 34,100 (7,800~38,200)kcal/h 6,880 (1,980~8,170) 8,170 (1,980~9,030) 7,740 (1,980~9,030) 8,600 (1,980~9,630)

Running CurrentRated A 11.9-11.3-10.8 / 11.9-11.3 14.0-13.4-12.8 / 14.0-13.4 15.2-14.5-13.9 / 15.2-14.5 15.2-14.6-13.9 / 15.2-14.6

Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 2,580 (570~3,800) 3,060 (520~3,870) 3,320 (570~4,320) 3,330 (520~4,340)

Power Factor % 98.5-99.3-99.5 / 98.5-99.3 99.4-99.3-99.6 / 99.4-99.3 99.3-99.6-99.5 / 99.3-99.6 99.6-99.2-99.8 / 99.6-99.2EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 3.10 (4.04~2.50) 3.10 (4.42~2.71) 2.71 (4.04~2.43) 3.00 (4.42~2.58)

Piping Connections

Liquid mm φ 9.5 φ 9.5Gas mm φ15.9 φ15.9Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0

Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20 20Chargeless m 10 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 50 50

Indoor Unit FTXS80HVMA FTXS90HVMAFront Panel Color White White


H 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852) 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852)M 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723) 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723)L 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601) 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601)

SL 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546) 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546)


Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24Power Consumption (Rated) W 51 51 51 51Power Factor % 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 340×1,200×240 340×1,200×240Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 325×1,310×429 325×1,310×429Weight kg 17 17Gross Weight kg 23 23Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35

Sound Power dBA 65 65 65 65Outdoor Unit RXS80HVMA RXS90HVMACasing Color Ivory White Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63BXD 2YC63BXDMotor Output W 1,920 1,920

Refrigerant Oil

Model FVC50K FVC50KCharge L 0.75 0.75

RefrigerantModel R-410A R-410ACharge kg 2.3 2.3

Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 63.7 (2,249) — 63.7 (2,249) —H 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087) 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087)L 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624)


Running Current (Rated) A 11.65-11.06-10.57 / 11.65-11.06

13.75-13.16-12.57 / 13.75-13.16

14.95-14.26-13.67 / 14.95-14.26

14.95-14.36-13.67 / 14.95-14.36

Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,529 3,009 3,269 3,279Power Factor (Rated) % 98.7-99.4-99.7 / 98.7-99.4 99.5-99.4-99.7 / 99.5-99.4 99.4-99.7-99.6 / 99.4-99.7 99.7-99.3-99.9 / 99.7-99.3Starting Current A 14.0 15.2Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320 770×900×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390 900×925×390Weight kg 71 71Gross Weight kg 79 79Operation Sound H/SL dBA 54 / 51 54 / 51 54 / 51 54 / 51

Sound Power H dBA 68 68 68 68Drawing No. 3D062300 3D062301A

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3






50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V


ModelIndoor Units FTXS100HVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS100HVMA

Cooling Heating


kW 9.9 (3.0~11.2) 11.0 (3.0~11.7)Btu/h 33,800 (10,200~38,200) 37,500 (10,200~39,900)kcal/h 8,510 (2,580~9,630) 9,460 (2,580~10,060)

Running CurrentRated A 16.8-16.0-15.4 / 16.8-16.0 18.3-17.5-16.7 / 18.3-17.5

Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 3,670 (620~4,520) 4,000 (620~4,570)

Power Factor % 99.3-99.7-99.3 / 99.3-99.7 99.4-99.4-99.8 / 99.4-99.4EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating)Rated (Min.~Max.) W/W 2.70 (4.84~2.48) 2.75 (4.84~2.56)

Piping Connections


Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge of Refrigerant g/m 50

Indoor Unit FTXS100HVMAFront Panel Color White


H 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852)M 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723)L 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601)

SL 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546)


Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24 0.25-0.24-0.23 / 0.25-0.24Power Consumption (Rated) W 51 51Power Factor % 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 340×1,200×240Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 325×1,310×429Weight kg 17Gross Weight kg 23Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35

Sound Power dBA 65 65Outdoor Unit RXS100HVMACasing Color Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC63FXDMotor Output W 2,030

Refrigerant Oil



Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)HH 81.2 (2,867) —H 74.4 (2,627) 74.4 (2,627)L 65.6 (2,316) 65.6 (2,316)


Running Current (Rated) A 16.55-15.76-15.17 / 16.55-15.76 18.05-17.26-16.47 / 18.05-17.26Power Consumption (Rated) W 3,619 3,949Power Factor (Rated) % 99.4-99.8-99.4 / 99.4-99.8 99.4-99.5-99.9 / 99.4-99.5Starting Current A 18.3Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 990×940×320Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 1,120×966×388Weight kg 80Gross Weight kg 89Operation Sound H/SL dBA 54 / 51 55 / 51

Sound Power H dBA 68 69Drawing No. 3D062302A

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3






50Hz 240V


ModelIndoor Units FTXS50CVMA

Outdoor UnitsRXS50BVMA

Cooling Heating


kW 4.68 (1.70~5.80) 5.44 (1.70~7.50)Btu/h 16,000 (5,800~19,800) 18,600 (5,800~25,600)kcal/h 4,020 (1,460~4,990) 4,680 (1,460~6,450)

Moisture Removal L/h 2.9 —Running Current (Rated) A 7.0 7.3Power Consumption Rated (Min.~Max.) W 1,660 (440~2,300) 1,730 (400~2,580)

Power Factor % 98.8 98.7EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) W/W 2.82 3.14

Piping Connections


Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas PipesMax. Interunit Piping Length m 30Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20Chargeless m 10Amount of Additional Charge ofRefrigerant g/m 20

Indoor Unit FTXS50CVMAFront Panel Color White


H 11.4 (402) 12.6 (444)M 9.8 (346) 10.9 (385)L 8.7 (306) 9.3 (329)

SL 7.7 (271) 8.2 (291)

FanType Cross Flow FanMotor Output W 40Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet and Auto

Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and DownwardAir Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew ProofRunning Current (Rated) A 0.17 0.17Power Consumption (Rated) W 40 40Power Factor % 98.0 98.0Temperature Control Microcomputer ControlDimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×795×238Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 280×840×338Weight kg 9Gross Weight kg 13Operation Sound H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30

Sound Power H dBA 63 60Outdoor Unit RXS50BVMACasing Color Ivory White

CompressorType Hermetically Sealed Swing TypeModel 2YC32HXDMotor Output W 1,500

Refrigerant Oil



Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)H 47.7 (1,684) 44.1 (1,557)L 44.1 (1,557) 44.1 (1,557)


Running Current (Rated) A 6.8 7.1Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,620 1,690Power Factor % 98.8 98.8Starting Current A 7.2Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 784×960×390Weight kg 49Gross Weight kg 53Operation Sound H/L dBA 47/44 48/45

Sound Power H dBA — 64Drawing No. 3D062264

Conversion Formulae


cfm=m³/min×35.3





Dimensions ED04-910

5. Dimensions5.1 Indoor Units5.1.1 Cooling Only

FTKS25GVMA, FTKS35GVMA

FTKS50GVMA, FTKS60GVMA

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER

LEFT

BOTTOM

THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION

58

REAR

( ARC433B47 )

FLAPS

SIGNAL TRANSMITTER

163

FRONT PANEL FIXED SCREWS

18

( INSIDE )

800

10°

UP/DOWN( AUTOMATIC )

COOLING, DRY

RIGHT/LEFT( MANUAL )

50°

SIGNAL RECEIVER

INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH

OPERATION LAMP

ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR( INSIDE )

45°

TIMER LAMP

INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP

RIGHT

INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR

45°

BLADE ANGLE

5°

FAN

70°

283

( MOUNTING PLATEINCLUDING

195

197

WITH EARTH

)

NAME PLATE

TERMINAL

TERMINAL BLOCK

AIR FLOW(INDOOR )

(SPACEFORMAINTENANCE)

GAS PIPE 9.5Cut

THE UNIT:ABOUT390)(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE

(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE

WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPING

44.5

17

φ65 HOLE

STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES

THE UNIT:ABOUT 340)

LIQUID PIPE 6.4CuT

50MIN.

60

REQUIRED SPACE

800

711

THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDETHE UNIT IS APPROX. 440)

DRAIN HOSE(CONNECTING PART

O. D.φ18I. D. φ14

110

(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)

50MIN.

WALL HOLE

49

φ65 HOLE

30M

IN.

( S

PAC

E F

OR

44.5

1318

0P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

)28

3

DAIKIN

3D047958F

MIN. 50

MIN

. 30

MIN. 50

REQUIRED SPACE

REAR

FLAPS

INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE


VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)


REAR

WALL HOLE

HORIZONTAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC)

φ80 HOLE

(ARC433B71)

AIR FLOW(INDOOR)

WALL HOLE FOREMBEDDED PIPING


SIGNAL RECEIVER

LEFT

TERMINAL BLOCK WITHEARTH TERMINAL

OPERATION LAMP

)

SIGNALTRANSMITTER

FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS

TIMER LAMP

MODEL NAMEPLATE


RIGHT


BLADE ANGLES

COOLING

INDOOR UNIT ON/OFFSWITCH

(SPA

CE F

OR

PERF

ORM

ANCE

)

HOME LEAVE LAMP

(

φ80 HOLE

ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR

(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)

(INSIDE)

WIRELESS REMOTE

CONTROLLER

(INSIDE)

FAN

(INSIDE)

DRY

1050

18

163

58

50°50°

10°

40°10°40°

5°

55°5°

55°

5°

35° 5°

35°

52

290

52.5

155.

530

1050

893.5

5214

.5

99.560

DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13

(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT : ABOUT 480)

LIQUID PIPE φ6.4 CuT

GAS PIPE φ12.7 CuT

I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE

THE UNIT : ABOUT 430)(THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :ABOUT 530)

(CONNECTING PART

240

290

238

3D054937B


ED04-910 Dimensions

FTKS71GVMA

5.1.2 Heat Pump

FTXS25GVMA, FTXS35GVMA

MIN

. 30

MIN. 50MIN. 50

TIMER LAMP

)

φ80 HOLE

OPERATION LAMP

(SPA

CE F

OR

PERF

ORM

ANCE

)

(



AIR FLOW(INDOOR)

MODEL NAMEPLATE




FAN


(INSIDE)

VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) WALL HOLEφ80 HOLE


HOME LEAVE LAMP

(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)REQUIRED SPACE

FLAPS

REAR

(INSIDE)


REAR

(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION

RIGHT

(INSIDE)

DRY

SIGNAL RECEIVER

COOLING

BLADE ANGLES

LEFT

(ARC433B71)


SIGNALTRANSMITTER


WIRELESS REMOTE

CONTROLLER

1050

18

163

58

50°50°

10°

40° 10°

40°

5°

55°5°

55°

5°

35° 5°

35°

52

290

52.5

155.

530

1050

893.5

5214

.5

99.560

DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13



GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT



(CONNECTING PART

240

290

238

3D054938B


LEFT

BOTTOM


REAR

58

( ARC433B46 )

FLAPS

SIGNAL TRANSMITTER

163

FRONT PANEL FIXED SCREWS

18

( INSIDE )

800

10°

UP/DOWN( AUTOMATIC )

COOLING, DRY

RIGHT/LEFT( MANUAL )

50°

SIGNAL RECEIVER


OPERATION LAMP

ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR( INSIDE )

45°

TIMER LAMP


RIGHT


30°

45°

HEATING

BLADE ANGLE

65°

283

(

5°

MOUNTING PLATEINCLUDING

FAN

195

197

70°

WITH EARTH

NAME PLATE

TERMINAL

TERMINAL BLOCK

AIR FLOW( INDOOR )

)( SPACE FORMAINTENANCE )

GAS PIPE 9.5Cut

THEUNIT:ABOUT390 )( THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE

( THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE


44.5

17


THE UNIT:ABOUT 340 )

LIQUID PIPE 6.4CuT

φ65 HOLE

50MIN.

60

REQUIRED SPACE

800

711

THE UNIT IS APPROX. 440 )THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDE

DRAIN HOSE( CONNECTING PART

O. D.φ18I. D.φ14

110

MAINTENANCE )( SPACE FOR

50MIN.

WALL HOLE

49

φ65 HOLE

30M

IN.

( S

PAC

E F

OR

44.5

1318

0P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

)28

3

DAIKIN

3D047956E


Dimensions ED04-910



52

18

240

MIN

. 30

MIN. 50

290

290

163

52.5

155.

5

58

50°50°

238

30

MIN. 50

φ80 HOLE

FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWSDRAIN HOSE FOR VP13


(ARC433B70)

OPERATION LAMP

DRY

WALL HOLE



HOME LEAVE LAMP

)

FAN


(INSIDE)

LEFT

COOLING

(

BLADE ANGLES


HEATING

RIGHT


φ80 HOLE



(SPA

CE F

OR

PERF

ORM

ANCE

)

FLAPS



GAS PIPE φ12.7 CuT

REAR

I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)

WIRELESS REMOTE

CONTROLLER

(SPACE FORMAINTENANCE)REQUIRED SPACE

SIGNALTRANSMITTER

10°



(THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :ABOUT 530)

MODEL NAMEPLATE

AIR FLOW(INDOOR)

SIGNAL RECEIVER


TIMER LAMP(CONNECTING PART


REAR

(INSIDE)

(INSIDE)


1050

40° 10°

40°

5°

55°5°

55°

15°

55°15°

55°

5°

35° 5°

35°

1050

893.5

5214

.5

99.560

3D054935B

MIN. 50MIN. 50M

IN. 3

0

1050

SIGNAL RECEIVER

COOLING DRY


RIGHT

φ80 HOLE

FAN

SIGNALTRANSMITTER

LEFT

(ARC433B70)

MODEL NAMEPLATE


HOME LEAVE LAMP

WALL HOLE



φ80 HOLE

(INSIDE)


TIMER LAMP



(INSIDE)

(

BLADE ANGLES

OPERATION LAMP


REQUIRED SPACE

REAR

WIRELESS REMOTE

CONTROLLER

FLAPS

REAR

)


(SPA

CE F

OR

PERF

ORM

ANCE

)


HEATING


AIR FLOW(INDOOR)




(INSIDE)

18

163

58

50°50°

10°

40°10°40°

5°

55°5°

55°

15°

55°15°

55°

5°

35° 5°

35°

52

290

52.5

155.

530

1050

893.5

5214

.5

99.5

DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13



GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT



(CONNECTING PART

240

290

238

60

3D054936B


ED04-910 Dimensions

FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA

FTXS50CVMA

SIGNAL RECEIVER

187

65

OPERATION LAMP

SIGNALTRANSMITTER

LEFT

240

BLADE ANGLES

GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT: ABOUT 400)

58

340

MODEL NAME PLATE

TERMINALBLOCKWITH EARTHTERMINAL

(ARC452A4)


ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR (INSIDE)

12001085

18

210

242


50MIN


35.5

1200

45

RIGHT

16


TIMER LAMP

89

45°

FLAPS

THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDETHE UNIT IS APPROX. 465)

REAR

45

BOTTOM


50MIN

45°

340

30M

IN

14.5

NAMEPLATE

LIQUID PIPE φ9.5 CuT(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDETHE UNIT: ABOUT 460)

INCLUDINGMOUNTING PLATE

60°

WALL HOLEφ80 HOLE

AIR FLOW (INDOOR)

COOLING, DRY

75°


70°

UP/DOWN(AUTOMATIC)

40°

WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPINGφ80 HOLE

75°50°

FRONTGRILLEFIXEDSCREWS(INSIDE)

RIGHT/LEFT(AUTOMATIC)


FAN

FRONT GRILLE FIXTURES

(SPA

CE

FO

RP

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

)

25°

15° 15°

HEATING

REQUIRED SPACE

30°25°


70°

( )

DRAIN HOSE(CONNECTING PARTI.D. φ14O.D. φ18

3D061458

COOLING


HEATING


DRY

WIRELESS REMOTE

ARC433B70


LEFT

BOTTOM

REAR

SIGNALTRANSMITTER


795


OPERATION LAMP

TIMER LAMPHOME LEAVE LAMP

ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR(INSIDE)

SIGNAL RECEIVER

RIGHT


58

163

18

10°

40°

5°

FAN

50°

15°

55°

50°

BLADE ANGLES

FLAPS

(INSIDE)

238

290

240

TERMINAL BLOCK

MODEL NAMEPLATE

( )INCLUDINGINSTALLATION PLATE

WITH EARTH

CONTROLLER

10°

40°

55°5°

55°

15°55°

5°

35° 5°

35°

(INSIDE)TERMINAL


MIN. 50


(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE

GAS PIPE 12.7 CuT

LIQUID PIPE 6.4 CuT

THE UNIT : ABOUT 450)

REQUIRED SPACE

AIR FLOW(INDOOR)(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)

DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13

CONNECTING PART

ABOUT 500

THE HOSE LENGTH OFOUTSIDE THE UNIT :

O.D. 18I.D. 14


MIN. 50M

IN.3

0

(SPA

CE

FO

RM

AIN

TE

NA

NC

E)


14.5

44.5

φ80 HOLE


60

625.5

795

98

62.5

44.5 WALL HOLE

φ80 HOLE

3015

5.5

290

REAR

3D056565A


Dimensions ED04-910

5.2 Outdoor Units

RK(X)S25EBVMA, RK(X)S35EBVMA

RK(X)S50FBVMA, RK(X)S60FBVMA

LIQUID

HANDLE

285

DRAIN OUTLET(I.D φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)

8 12

550

765

BRAND NAME LABEL

4 - HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS

63

WIRING

SERVICE

IN CASE OF REMOVING

MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE

196

100

105

5016

515

0

GAS STOP VALVE

WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE=LESS THAN 1200

22

50

OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR

100

50

150

300

(M8 OR M10)

311

13

29.5

574

490

105.5

50

INLET

PORT

(φ9.5CuT)

STOP VALVE COVER

(φ6.4CuT)STOP VALVE

INDICATION LABEL

MANUFACTURE'SLABEL

3D059795B89

330

580

25

155

160

18

36

735

10

78825

2

350

64

30

124

325

300

(I.D. φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)

SERVICE PORT

(φ6.4CuT)

TERMINALSTRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL


LIQUID STOP VALVE

GAS STOP VALVE

4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS

WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE

BRAND NAME LABEL

OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR

DRAIN OUTLET=LESS THAN 1200

(M8 OR M10)

IN CASE OF REMOVINGSTOP VALVE COVER

(φ12.7CuT)

WIRING INLET

NAME PLATE

100

100

350

50 5050

350

100

350

3D062061


ED04-910 Dimensions

RK(X)S71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA

RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA

30

100

50

90126

191376

620

30

30

50

380

350

350

350

100

320

45

770

102

67

900

108

100

DRAIN OUTLET

78

350

117

104

5041

0

4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS

50

140

71

LIQUID STOP VALVE

LIQUID PIPE(φ6.4 SINGLE UNION)

GAS PIPE(φ15.9 SINGLE UNION)

INTERCONNECTING PIPINGAND WIRING INLET

(M12)

OUTDOOR AIRTHERMISTOR

TERMINAL STRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL

GAS STOP VALVE

I.D.φ25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION.

WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200


NAME PLATEBRAND NAME LABEL

(345

~35

5)

3D062060

100

104

410

376 350

900

3011

7

350

45

102

620

191

78

770

50

71

380

30

100

50

350

202

91

320

350

67

DRAIN OUTLET

140 4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS

100

50

50

354


I.D. φ25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION.

WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200(M12)

BRAND NAME LABEL

(345

~35

5)


NAME PLATETERMINAL STRIPWITH EARTH TERMINAL


LIQUID STOP VALVE

GAS STOP VALVE

GAS PIPE(φ15.9 SINGLE UNION)


3D062059A


Dimensions ED04-910

RXS100HVMA

RXS50BVMA

30

350

4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS

47

151

620

50

77

68

50

43

50

DRAIN OUTLET

100

320

100

380

100160

940

84

565

50

55

350

395

350

191

89

990

350

100

67

EARTH TERMINAL



WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200

(M12)

GAS PIPE(φ15.9SINGLE UNION)

NAME PLATE


LIQUID STOP VALVE

(345

~35

5)


I.D. φ 25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION.

GAS STOP VALVE TERMINAL STRIP

3D062297

4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS

350

330

10

(M8 OR M10)

300

25

(I.D. φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)

36

2

735

124

DRAIN OUTLET

325

825

580

INDICATION LABEL

BRAND NAME LABEL

(REFRIGERANT)

78

NAME PLATE

LIQUID STOP VALVE

OZONEFRI

WIRING INLET

ENDLY


(φ6.4 CuT)

SERVICE PORT

50

IN CASE OF REMOVINGSTOP VALVE COVER

WITH EARTH TERMINALTERMINAL STRIP

100

100

160

155

350

8964

GAS STOP VALVE

WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE

(φ12.7 CuT)

50

30

18

350


50

=LESS THAN 1200

100

350

3D034257G


ED04-910 Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams6.1 Indoor Units

FTK(X)S25GVMA, FTK(X)S35GVMA

FTK(X)S50GVMA, FTK(X)S60GVMA, FTK(X)S71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA

WIRELESSREMOTE

CONTROLLER

PCB3

PCB4

INTELLIGENT EYESENSOR

LED3

LED2

H2P

H3P

LED1

H1P

S1W

R1T

t°

S27

S36

S26

PCB2

S35

S21

HA

SIGNALRECEIVER

PCB1

S29

S28

R2T

S32

t°

~RECTIFIER

1

M1S

M

S6

~

5

V1

TRANSMISSIONCIRCUIT

7

1

3.15A

S1

F1U

H2

H3

H1

INDOOR

M1F

FG

M

X1M

3

2

1

FIELD WIRING.

3

2

1

OUTDOOR

RE

DO

RG

YLW

PN

K

BLU

WHT

BRN

RED

BLU

ORG

GRN

WHT

RED

/

BLK

YLW

FG : FRAME GROUNDF1U : FUSEH1P~H3P : PILOT LAMPM1F : FAN MOTORM1S : SWING MOTORPCB1~PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDR1T, R2T : THERMISTOR.S1~S38 : CONNECTORS1W : OPERATION SWITCHX1M : TERMINAL STRIP

: PROTECTIVE EARTH

NOTE THAT OPERATION WILLRESTART AUTOMATICALLY IFTHE MAIN POWER SUPPLY ISTURNED OFF AND THEN BACKON AGAIN.

CAUTION

3D046453D

CONTROLLER

WIRELESS

REMOTE

PCB4

PCB3

PCB5

INTELLIGENT EYE

LED1

H1P

R1T

SENSOR

t

S37

S38

°

LED2

H2P

LED3

H3P

PCB2

S27

S36

S1W

RECEIVER

SIGNAL

S26

S35

S21

S29

S28

PCB1

R2T

S32

t°

~ RECTIFIER

1

RE

D

M1S

M

S6

OR

GY

LW

~

PN

K

5

BLU

1

TRANSMISSION

BR

NR

ED

CIRCUIT

M2S

S8

M

OR

GY

LW

7

1

3.15A

S1

PN

K

6

Fu

BLU

WHT

BRN

RED

BLU

ORG

H2

H3

H1

INDOOR

FG

M1F

M

GRN

R1T, R2T

M1S, M2SPCB1~ PCB5

WHT

RED

/

BLK

Fu

M1F

H1 ~ H3

S1 ~ S38

H1P ~ H3P

FG

YLW

X1MS1W

X1M

3

2

1

: PROTECTIVE EARTH

THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS

ON AGAIN.TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK

NOTE THAT OPERATION WILLRESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF

FIELD WIRING.

CAUTION

3

2

1

OUTDOOR

: FRAME GROUND: FUSE: HARNESS: PILOT LAMP: FAN MOTOR: SWING MOTOR: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD: THERMISTOR: CONNECTOR: OPERATION SWITCH: TERMINAL STRIP

3D038530Q


Wiring Diagrams ED04-910

FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA

FTXS50CVMA

M

M MM

X1M

S1W

CAUTION

RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF

TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK


ON AGAIN.

NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL

SENSOR

INTELLIGENT EYE

3

2

1

RECEIVER

SIGNAL INDOOR

RECTIFIER

CIRCUIT

TRANSMISSION

H2P

LED2 OUTDOOR

FIELD WIRING.

H3P

LED3

3.15A

H1P

LED1

GRN

BRN

WHT

t˚

PCB1 ~

YLW

BLU

PN

K

S41

R1T

/ YLW

YLW

S47

WHT

FG

S49

HA

1

PCB2

PN

K

t˚

R2T

RE

D

ORG

GRN

S32

BLU

F1U

S26

CONTROLLER

REMOTE

WIRELESS

S46

OR

GM1FS25

S48

RED

RE

D

~

S21S1

V1 BLK

PCB4

2

YLW

BLU

H1

OR

G

PCB3

RE

D

M1S

OR

G

RED

M3S

3H2

M2S

PN

K

H3

BLU

FG

F1U

H1P~H3P

M1F

M1S~M3S

PCB1~PCB4

R1T, R2T

S1~S49

S1W

X1M

: FRAME GROUND

: FUSE

: PILOT LAMP

: FAN MOTOR

: SWING MOTOR

: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

: THERMISTOR

: CONNECTOR

: OPERATION SWITCH

: TERMINAL STRIP

: PROTECTIVE EARTH

3D060942

CONTROLLER

WIRELESSREMOTE

PCB4

PCB3

PCB5

INTELLIGENT EYE

LED1

H1P

R1T

SENSOR

t°

S37

S38

LED2

H2P

LED3

H3P

PCB2

S27

S36

S1W

RECEIVERSIGNAL

S26

S35

S21

S29

S28

PCB1

R2T

S32

t°

~RECTIFIER

1

RE

D

M1S

M

S6

OR

GY

LW

~

PN

K

5

BLU

1

TRANSMISSION

BR

NR

ED

CIRCUIT

M2S

S8

M

OR

GY

LW

7

1

3.15A

S1

PN

K

6

Fu

BLU

WHT

BRN

RED

BLU

ORG

H2

H3

H1

INDOOR

M1F

FG

M

GRN

FG

Fu

H1~H3

H1P~H3P

M1F

M1S, M2SPCB1~PCB5

R1T, R2T

S1~S38

S1W

X1M

WHT

RED

/

BLK

YLW

X1M

3

2

1

: SWING MOTOR

: THERMISTOR

: PROTECTIVE EARTH


ON AGAIN.TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK

NOTE THAT OPERATION WILLRESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF

FIELD WIRING.

CAUTION

3

2

1

OUTDOOR

: FRAME GROUND

: FUSE

: HARNESS

: PILOT LAMP

: FAN MOTOR

: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

: CONNECTOR

: OPERATION SWITCH

: TERMINAL STRIP

3D038065J



6.2 Outdoor Units

RK(X)S25EBVMA, RK(X)S35EBVMA

RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA

NOTE

NL

1. REFER TO THE NAMEPLATE FOR THE POWER REQUIREMENTS.

indoor

LIPM1

L1

M1CL1R

M1F

C74, C75

IC11

DB1, DB2

MRCW, MRM10, MRM20

FU1, FU2, FU3

C94, C95, C100

23

1

FIELD WIRING.

L

N

X1M

: INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE: TRIAC: FUSE

: LIVE: COIL

: CAPACITOR

: REACTOR

: MAGNETIC RELAY

: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR

: DIODE BRIDGE

23

1

RED

BLK

WHT

GR

N/Y

LW

Z2C

GR

N/Y

LW

HN1

HL1

E

S

FU320A

V2

PCB1

V3

N

SA1

Q1LPCB1, PCB2

S30, S40, S70

HC3, HC4, HL3, HN3S80, S90, S91

R1T, R2T, R3T, R12TS10, S11, S20

L1

outdoor

S80

TYPECOOLING ONLYIN CASE OF

HC2

1

C100

MRM10

MRM20

7

1

HC1

3

S11

: NEUTRAL

: CONNECTOR

: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

: THERMISTOR

WHTBLK

BLKBLK

BLKBLK

BLK

HR1

HN2

HL2ORG

GRY

BLU

1

7

1

WH

T

S10

YLW

S20

M

OR

GB

LU

L1R

Y1EB

RN

6

RE

D

SA1V1, V2, V3

Y1RY1EX1M

3.15A

MRCW

S80

Z1C, Z2C

HL3

FU1

HN3

TYPEHEAT PUMPIN CASE OF

YLW

BRN

ORG

1

Y1R

V1

HR2

3

: SURGE ARRESTER: VARISTOR

: PROTECTIVE EARTH

: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: REVERSING SOLENOIDE VALVE COIL: FERRITE CORE

: TERMINAL STRIP

(OUTDOOR)

~

~DB1

IC11

+

_

PCB2

R1T

1

(CONDENSER)

BLK

t°

BLK

S90

HC3

R2T

~

~

BLK

DB2

t°

+

_

BLK

(DISCHARGE)R3T

BLK

6

t°

BLK

S70

C74

C75

1

HC4

WH

T

2

OR

G

1

_

_

+

+

3

M~

BR

N

4

M1F

BLU

_

_

+

+

C94

3.15A

7

FU2

RE

D

C95

BLK

2

BLK

Q1L

R12T

S40

BLK

GR

Y

1

S30

W

+

W_

5

BLU

M1C

IPM1

V

V

3

YLW

U

1

U

N=2Z1C

RE

D

t°

3D046707L

outdoor

indoor

FIELD WIRING

GRN

GRN

3~

1

BRN

HR1

ORG

V

E2

1

RED

1

YLW

V5

7

5

RED

S10

BLK

R1T

MRM20

(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)

6(P) S70

WHT

7(N)

M

YLW

L

5R2T

M1C

Z2C

WHT

YLW

BLU

BRN

1

R3T

BLU

1

Z3C

1

3S101

PM1

(CONDENSER)

WBLU

M1F

BLU

Y1E

2

8N

1

3.15A

W

4

REDZ4C

S901

MRC

M

S80

TO INDOOR UNIT

6

ORG

S51

RED

3.15A

BLK

WHT

FU3

3

1

SW4

1

RED

6

BLK

X11A

E1

1

LED A

BLU

BLK

4

MRM10FU1

X2M

AC2

V3

X1M Z1C

S2

N

HR2

PCB2

POWER SUPPLY

BRN

L1R

SW1

S20

BLU

9

GRN

BLK

FU2

S40

5

2

5

L

AC1

WHT

RED

V6

V2

BLU

V

BLU

BLU

SA2

V11

S102

BLU

S52

WHT

M

BLK

5

Q1L

BLK

1

30A

U

GRN

U

SHEET METAL

WHT

PCB1

YLW

2W33

1

Z1C ~ Z4CX1M, X2MY1EV2, V3, V5, V6, V11SA2FU1, FU2, FU3AC1, AC2U, V, W, X11AE1, E2HR1, HR2

: FERRITE CORE: TERMINAL STRIP: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: VARISTOR: SURGE ARRESTER: FUSE

: CONNECTOR

MRM10, MRM20MRC/WR1T ~ R3TS2 ~ S102LEDA

: MAGNETIC RELAY: THERMISTOR: CONNECTOR: PILOT LAMP

LNSW1SW4

: LIVE: NEUTRAL: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1): LOCALSETTING SW (SW4)

M1CM1FL1RQ1LPM1PCB1, 2STEEL METAL

: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR: REACTOR: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: POWER MODULE: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE

t° t° t°

+ + +

3D050981K



RKS71FBVMA

RXS50FBVMA

SA2

X1M

SHEET METAL

GRNYLW

FIELD WIRING

indoor

outdoor

1

GRN

ORG

N

S10

V9

S102

V100

1

4

51

BLU

1Z3C

BLU

5

AC1 BLU


BLK

BLU

V5

S52

5

PCB1

W

S80

1

AC2

Z1C

YLW

SW1

POWER SUPPLY

X2M UX11AZ4C

R1T

S709

(CONDENSER)

GRY

PCB2

7(N)

R2T

6

V3

RED

BLK

RED

1

MRM10

M1C

RED

RED

3~

BLK

RED

E2

PM1

S40

5

1

BLK

FU1

LED AYL

W

HR1

1

V

Z2C

WHT

2

1 S20

BLU

L1R

VU

Z6C

V230AN

3

GRN

S90

TO INDOOR UNIT

S51

WHT

BLU

WHT

W BLK

2

M

WHT

S2

3

BLU

MRM20

M

3

BRN

E1 HR2

2

Z7C

R3T

GRN

6(P)

BLU

3.15AW

BLU

RED FU2

WHT

11

M1F

BRN

ORG

FU3

1

1

S101

8

7

6

4

MR

C

L

BLU

LBRN

Y1E

BLU

YLW

Z5C

SW4

Q1L

BLU

4

5

M3.15A

6

M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTORM1F : FAN MOTORL1R : REACTORQ1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTORPM1 : POWER MODULEPCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDSHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE

Z1C~Z7C : FERRITE COREX1M,X2M : TERMINAL STRIP Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILV2,V3,V5,V9,V100 : VARISTORSA2 : SURGE ARRESTERFU1,FU2,FU3 : FUSEAC1,AC2U,V,W,X11A,X12AE1,E2HR1,HR2 : CONNECTOR

MRM10,MRM20MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAYR1T~R3T : THERMISTORS2~S102 : CONNECTORLEDA : PILOT LAMP

L : LIVEN : NEUTRALSW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1)SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)

+ ++

t°t° t°

3D053930C

outdoor

SA2

FIELD WIRING

YLWGRN

SHEET METAL

X1M

indoor

4

WHT

5

E2

BLK

S90

3.15A

BLU

1

U

BRN

SW4

R3TS2

3 W

HR1

6

PCB2

Z2C


E1

Z3C

V2

ORG

1Z4C

2FU2

N

M

ORGBRN

3

(CONDENSER)

S20

POWER SUPPLY

6

X11A

N

1

1

BLK

U

BLU

YLW

BLU

LED A

30A

BLU

M

BRN

V3

Y1R R1T

MRC

WHT

GRN

TO INDOOR UNIT

V3~

1 VS10

BLU

M1C

M1F

BLK

1

FU3 RED

5

6(P)

1

ORG

X12A

1

S40

PM1

HR2

S102

AC2

REDRED

BLUV6 7(N)

BLU

5

L

RED

AC1

MRM20

1 1

SW1

YLW

WHT

S101

BLU

MRM10 BLU

5

Q1L

RED

L

Z5C

BLU

3.15A

YLW

89

X2M

PCB1

V5

S80

WHT

RED

BRN

M

BLU

BLK

WHT

FU1

S70

S52R2T

1

GRN

WHT

3

WHT

W

BLU

W

L1R

V11

3

RED

BLU

BLK

1

4

BLK

GRN

2

2

51 S51

Z1C

BLK

7

Y1E

MRM10, MRM20MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAYR1T~R3T : THERMISTORS2~S102 : CONNECTORLEDA : PILOT LAMP

M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTORM1F : FAN MOTORL1R : REACTORQ1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTORPM1 : POWER MODULEPCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

STEELMETAL


Z1C~Z5C : FERRITE COREX1M, X2M : TERMINAL STRIPY1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILV2, V3, V5, V6, V11 : VARISTORSA2 : SURGE ARRESTERFU1, FU2, FU3 : FUSEAC1, AC2U, V, W, X11A, X12AE1, E2HR1, HR2 : CONNECTOR

: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATEY1R : REVERSING SORENOID VALVE COIL

t° t° t°

+ + +

3D056095A



RXS60FBVMA

RXS71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA

indoor

SA2

outdoor

X1M

SHEET METAL

GRNYLW

FIELD WIRING

S10

MRM10

WHT

L

BLU

Y1E

PCB1

BRN

S90

R2T

W

VYLW

E2

BLU

30A

45

Q1L

5

5

ORG

V5

WHT

L

Z3C

S70

WHT

MRC

HR2

PCB2

2

(CONDENSER)

1

Z2C

M

2

BLU

BLK

V2

WHT

BLU

1

HR1

M1C

FU1

S40

BLK

GRN

POWER SUPPLY

RED

1

S51 6

M1FE1

BLK

GRN

M

SW1

Z1C

X11A

S2

N

BLU

BLK

8

YLW

MRM20

TO INDOOR UNIT

LED A

BLU

BLK

U

1

BLU

V11

U

1

WHT

BRN

1

BRN

L1R

1

ORG

RED

RED

S52

(OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)R3T

5

PM1

FU3

6S20

WHT

Y1R

BLK

W1

REDBL

U

1

BLU

S101

BLU

3

1

S102

RED

AC1

FU2

S80

V3

BLK

5

2

N 6(P)

V6

SW4

M

YLW

AC2

X2M1

3

GRN

3.15A

R1T

3.15A

1

V3~

W

BLU

4

BLU

1

9

3

7(N)

Z4C

7

3

RED

Z1C ~ Z4CX1M, X2MY1EV2, V3, V5, V6, V11SA2FU1, FU2, FU3AC1, AC2U, V, W, X11AE1, E2HR1, HR2

: FERRITE CORE: TERMINAL STRIP: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: VARISTOR: SURGE ARRESTER: FUSE

: CONNECTOR

MRM10, MRM20MRC/WR1T ~ R3TS2 ~ S102LEDA

: MAGNETIC RELAY: THERMISTOR: CONNECTOR: PILOT LAMP

LNSW1SW4

: LIVE: NEUTRAL: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1): LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4)

M1CM1FL1RQ1LPM1PCB1, 2Y1RSHEET METAL

: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR: REACTOR: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: POWER MODULE: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD: REVERSING SORENOID VALVE COIL: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE

t° t° t°

+ + +

3D050706H

outdoor

SA2

FIELD WIRING

X1M

SHEET METAL

YLWGRN

indoor

BLU

N

HR2

BLU

1

S10

MRM10

BLU

RED YLW

Q1L

V

6

AC2

UFU2

3.15A

BLK

YLW

S52

5

3~

6

W

1

S102

1

WHT

1 S20

BLU

V5

2

N

W

WHT

WHT

MR

C

MRM20

BLU

1

BLU

1 V

Z1C

(CONDENSER)

6

Z7C

BLU

GRN

2

GRY

1

S51

RED

BLK

SW1

L

1

PCB2

FU3

PCB1

X2M

RED

9

PM1

S101

8

BLU

E2 RED

X11A

WHT

S90

TO INDOOR UNIT

AC1

5

L

30A

R2T

Z2C

GRN

S2

BLU

BLU

M1F

3

1

W

L1R

E1

Z4CBL

K

BLU

WHT

BLU

S40

V100

BLU

Z5C

BRN

4

LED A

3

Y1R

BRN

7

BLU

5

Z3C

2

1

HR1

4

BLK

6(P)

3.15A

S80

BLK


5

RED

POWER SUPPLY

V9

4

R1T

FU1

ORG

M

1

M1C

SW4

3

Z6C

V3

1

R3T

5

YLW

U

7(N)

Y1E

V2

MRED

ORG

BRN

S70

1

M

GRN

M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTORM1F : FAN MOTORL1R : REACTORQ1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTORPM1 : POWER MODULEPCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDY1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COILSHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE

Z1C~Z7C : FERRITE COREX1M,X2M : TERMINAL STRIP Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COILV2,V3,V5,V9,V100 : VARISTORSA2 : SURGE ARRESTERFU1,FU2,FU3 : FUSEAC1,AC2U,V,W,X11A,X12AE1,E2HR1,HR2 : CONNECTOR

MRM10,MRM20MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAYR1T~R3T : THERMISTORS2~S102 : CONNECTORLEDA : PILOT LAMP


+ + +

t° t° t°

3D053931B



RXS100HVMA

RXS50BVMA

SHEET METAL

X1M

SA2

FIELD WIRING

outdoor

indoor

BLU

V9

MRM20

L

Z7C

PM1

1

WHT

S10

1

E2

M

AC2

BRN

OR

G

S101

PCB1

S52

S51

3

V100

5

RED

BLU

3.15A

(OUTDOOR)

Z8C

X11A

WH

TBLK

BLK

+

V5

BLK

+

BLK

SW1

8

MR

C /

W

M1C

1

Z3C

FU3

1

RED

REDBL

U

M

BLU

BLU

WHT

R1T

FU2

FU1

BRN

X2M1

BLU

Q1L

M1F

YLW

N

HR2

3

YLWBL

U

TO INDOOR UNIT

Z4C

L1R

BLU

RED

2

YLW

ORG

BLU

3 ~

BLU

V3

5

AC1

6

2

HR1, HR2E1, E2U, V, W, X11A, X12AAC1, AC2FU1, FU2, FU3SA2V2, V3, V5, V9, V100Y1EX1M, X2MZ1C~Z8C

: CONNECTOR

: SURGE ARRESTER: FUSE

: VARISTOR: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL: TERMINAL STRIP: FERRITE CORE

30A

W

BLK

S80 1

V2

(DISCHARGE)

BLU

7

SHEET METALY1RPCB1, 2PM1Q1LL1RM1FM1C

: TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD : POWER MODULE: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: REACTOR: FAN MOTOR: COMPRESSOR MOTOR

YLW

1

R2T

1

4 S20

6(P)

RED

2

41

POWER SUPPLY

BLU

Y1R

1

Z6C

MRM10

X12A

GRN

U

E1

S40

LEDAS2~S102R1T~R3TMRC / WMRM10, MRM20

: PILOT LAMP: CONNECTOR: THERMISTOR: MAGNETIC RELAY

GRN

15

BLK

4

S90

L

Z1C

S70

WH

T

RED

9

RED

RED

(CONDENSER)

1 BRN

S102

A

5

GRN

V

N

U

3

WHT

Z5C

3.15A

1

R3T

W

BLK

SW4

S2 M

7(N)

5

V

LED

GR

Y

GRN

HR1

Y1E

PCB2

t˚t˚t˚

6

Z2C +

SW4SW1NL

: LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4): FORCED OPERATION ON / OFF SW (SW1): NEUTRAL: LIVE

3D061505

M

M

M

Z1C, Z2CX1MY2EV2~V5FU1, FU2, FU201HE1, HE2, HAC1E, AC1, C2H1, H2, HLL1, L2, X11AMRM10, MRM20MRC/WR1T~R3T

: FERRITE CORE: TERMINAL STRIP: ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE: VARISTOR: FUSE

: CONNECTOR

: MAGNETIC RELAY: THERMISTOR

S2~S102LEDAPCB1, PCB2LNS1WS4WSA1Y1RDB1M1CM1F

: LIVE: NEUTRAL: FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1): LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4): SURGE ARRESTER: REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL: DIODE BRIDGE: COMPRESSOR MOTOR: FAN MOTOR

: CONNECTOR: PILOT LAMP: PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

L1RQ1LCT1MIDSPM

: REACTOR: OVERLOAD PROTECTOR: CURRENT TRANSFORMER: MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE: SYSTEM POWER MODULE ASSIGNMENTS OF

TERMINALS OF THE COMP.

V

W

U

N

(OUTDOOR)R3T

(CONDENSER)

R2T(DISCHARGE)R1T

1

BLU

t°

BLU

S90

GR

Y

t°

GR

YB

LK

6

t°

BLK

Y2E outdoor

1

LEDAS1W

S52 5

S4W

Y1RS2

1 S102 5

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

RED

BLK

WH

T

GRN

1 S51 5 1 S1015

BLK

BLK

1 3S80

MR

CW

V5S10

3

1

X1M

23

1

RED

TO INDOOR UNIT

POWER SUPPLY~50Hz 220-240V~60Hz 220-230V

N

L

23

1

FIELD WIRING indoor

GRNYLW

GRNYLW

HL

HE2

30A

FU1

BLK

PCB2

SA1

V3

WHT

BLK

YLW

AC2

AC1

E

V2

HAC1

HE1

GRNMRM20

MRM10

CT1H2

H1YLW

BLU

Z2C

FU23.15A

~

~

DB1+

-

RED

BLK

+

-

ORG

L1

SPM

ORG

L2

P2

N1

P1

W

V

UCN11

5

1

1 CN14 10t°

R12T

1S91

3 1S32

5

BLK

BLK BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

WH

TO

RG BRN

BLU

RED

BRN

WH

TY

LWO

RG

BLU

BR

NR

ED

1 S20

PCB1

6

1S31

9 1

S6

S711

8 1

8S33

RED

YLW

BLU

GRY

BLK

BLK

10 1S40

4

1 S72 8 1 S34 10 Q1L

L1R

Z1C

TB6

TB4TB5

P2

N1

P1

MID

+ + +

FU201

3.15A

S70

W

VU

N

7

1 WHT

RED

BRNORG

BLU

YLW

BLU

RED

BRN

X11A

YLW

BRN

BLU

RED

M1F

M1C

V

W

UN

3

1

3D037854J


ED04-910 Piping Diagrams

7. Piping Diagrams7.1 Indoor Units7.1.1 Cooling OnlyFTKS25GVMA, FTKS35GVMA FTKS50GVMA, FTKS60GVMA

FTKS71GVMA

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

(9.5CuT)

(6.4CuT)

7.9C

uT

MAFFLER ASSY

CROSS FLOW FAN

FAN MOTOR

THERMISTORON HEAT EXCH.

INDOOR UNIT

M

6.4CuT

7.0CuT

9.5CuT

HEAT EXCHANGER

REFRIGERANT FLOW COOLING

6.4CuT

6.4CuT

4D050757C

CROSS FLOW FAN

COOLING

(12.7CuT)

INDOOR UNIT

REFRIGERANT FLOW

FIELD PIPING

M

(7.9CuT)

FIELD PIPING(12.7CuT)

FAN MOTOR

(6.4CuT)


HEAT EXCHANGER

4D054932C

(15.9CuT)

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

(6.4CuT)

CROSS FLOW FAN

FAN MOTOR

(7.9CuT)

INDOOR UNIT

(12.7CuT)

M

HEAT EXCHANGER

REFRIGERANT FLOW

ON HEAT EXCH.THERMISTOR

COOLING

4D050919G


Piping Diagrams ED04-910

7.1.2 Heat PumpFTXS25GVMA, FTXS35GVMA FTXS50GVMA, FTXS60GVMA, FTXS50CVMA

FTXS71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA

FIELD PIPING


(6.4CuT)

7.9C

uT

MAFFLER ASSY

CROSS FLOW FAN

FAN MOTOR


INDOOR UNIT

M

6.4CuT

7.0CuT

9.5CuT

HEAT EXCHANGER

REFRIGERANT FLOW

HEATINGCOOLING

6.4CuT

6.4CuT

4D047912K

FIELD PIPING


(6.4CuT)

CROSS FLOW FAN

FAN MOTOR

(7.9CuT)

INDOOR UNIT

(12.7CuT)

M

HEAT EXCHANGER

REFRIGERANT FLOW


HEATINGCOOLING

4D040081R

(15.9CuT)

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

(6.4CuT)

CROSS FLOW FAN

FAN MOTOR

(7.9CuT)

INDOOR UNIT

(12.7CuT)

M

HEAT EXCHANGER

REFRIGERANT FLOW

ON HEAT EXCH. THERMISTOR

COOLINGHEATING

4D040082Q

CROSS FLOW FAN

INDOOR UNIT

12.7CuT

FIELD PIPING

7.9CuT

HEAT EXCHANGER

FAN MOTORHEADER

HEATING

MFIELD PIPING

COOLING


9.5CuT

REFRIGERANT FLOW

DISTRIBUTOR

15.9CuT

4D061965



7.2 Outdoor Units7.2.1 Cooling Only

RKS25EBVMA, RKS35EBVMA

RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA

M

9.5CuT

MUFFLER

9.5CuT

LIQUID STOPVALVE

GAS STOPVALVE

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

(6.4CuT)

(9.5CuT)REFRIGERANT FLOW

COOLING

DISCHARGE PIPETHERMISTOR

MUFFLER

7.9C

uT

FOUR WAYVALVENORMALLY : OFF

COMPRESSOR

9.5C

uT

ACCUMULATOR7.9C

uT

9.5C

uT

PROPELLER FAN

9.5CuT

9.5C

uT

7.0CuT

7.0CuT

OUTDOOR UNIT

HEAT EXCHANGER

4.8CuT

4.8CuT

HEAT EXCHANGERTHERMISTOR

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

OUTDOOR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR

6.4CuT 6.4CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

6.4C

uTφ .

4.0

× ID

. 2.0

CuT

3D047318F

OUTDOOR UNIT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT


HEATEXCHANGERTHERMISTOR

PROPELLER FAN

MUFFLER

HEAT EXCHANGER

7.9C

uT7.

9CuT

M

COMPRESSOR

FOUR WAYVALVENORMALLY:OFF

12.7CuT

12.7

CuT


7.9CuT

7.9CuT

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

CAPILLARY TUBE 4

CAPILLARY TUBE 2CAPILLARY TUBE 3

CAPILLARY TUBE 1

12.7CuT

MUFFLER

12.7CuT

6.4CuT

12.7CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

6.4CuT

6.4C

uT6.

4CuT

GAS STOP VALVEWITH SERVICE PORT

MUFFLERWITH FILTER

MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE

LIQUIDSTOP VALVE

FIELD PIPING

REFRIGERANT FLOW

FIELD PIPING(12.7 CuT)

(6.4 CuT)

COOLING

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

3D051636J



RKS71FBVMA

7.2.2 Heat Pump

RXS25EBVMA, RXS35EBVMA

EV

4-WAYVALVENORMALLY:OFF

HEAT EXCHANGER(CONDENSER)

HEADER

9.5CuT

9.5C

uT

DC FAN MOTOR

9.5CuT

12.7

CuT

15.9

CuT FIELD PIPING

LIQUID(6.4 CuT)

7.9CuT

STO

P V

ALV

E

FILTER

THERMISTOR

15.9CuT

REFRIGERANT FLOW

9.5CuT

7.9CuT

15.9CuT

MOTOROPERATED

VALVE

7.9CuT

DISCHARGE PIPE

DISTRIBUTOR

COMPRESSORCOOLING

RECEIVER


4.0CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

15.9CuT

9.5CuT

15.9

CuT

7.9CuT

FILTER

ACCUMULATOR

M

9.5CuT

15.9CuT

7.9CuT

LIQ

UID

LIN

E

OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE

STOP VALVE

CAPILLARY TUBE

15.9CuTFIELD PIPINGGAS(15.9 CuT)

GAS LINE

PROPELLER FAN

ACCUMULATOR

THERMISTOR

7.9CuT

9.5C

uT

MUFFLER

7.9CuT

7.9C

uT

7.9CuT

OUTDOOR UNIT

9.5CuT

7.9CuT

3D054596A

M

9.5C

uT


MUFFLER

PROPELLER FAN

7.9C

uT7.

9CuT

COMPRESSOR

FOUR WAYVALVEON : HEATING

9.5CuT

ACCUMULATOR

9.5CuT

9.5C

uT

7.0CuT

7.0CuT

OUTDOOR UNIT

HEAT EXCHANGER


OUTDOOR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR

4.8CuT

4.8CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

6.4CuT 6.4CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE

MUFFLER

9.5CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

6.4C

uT

LIQUID STOPVALVE

GAS STOPVALVE

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

(6.4CuT)

(9.5CuT)

φ . 4

.0× I

D. 2

.0C

uT

REFRIGERANT FLOW

COOLINGHEATING

9.5C

uT

3D047316J



RXS50FBVMA, RXS60FBVMA

RXS71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA

OUTDOOR UNIT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT


HEATEXCHANGERTHERMISTOR

PROPELLER FAN

MUFFLER

HEAT EXCHANGER

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

M

FOUR WAYVALVEON : HEATING

COMPRESSOR

12.7CuT

12.7

CuT


7.9CuT

7.9CuT

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

CAPILLARY TUBE 4

CAPILLARY TUBE 2CAPILLARY TUBE 3

CAPILLARY TUBE 1

9.5CuT

MUFFLER

9.5C

uT

6.4CuT

12.7CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

6.4CuT

6.4C

uT6.

4CuT

6.4C

uT


FILTER

MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE

RECIEVER

LIQUIDSTOP VALVE

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING

REFRIGERANT FLOW

(12.7 CuT)

(6.4 CuT)

HEATING

COOLING

4.0CuT

4.0CuT

7.9CuT

MUFFLER

3D051637H

EV

9.5CuT

7.9C

uT

GAS LINE

9.5C

uT

7.9CuT

12.7

CuT

THERMISTOR

THERMISTOR

9.5CuT

HEATING

FILTER

REFRIGERANT FLOW

15.9CuT

RECEIVER

7.9CuT

9.5CuT

9.5C

uT

ACCUMULATOR

7.9CuT

7.9CuT7.9CuTHEADER

7.9CuT

DISTRIBUTOR

FIELD PIPINGGAS(15.9 CuT)

7.9CuT

4-WAYVALVEON:HEATING

FILTER

STOP VALVE

15.9

CuT

7.9CuT

ACCUMULATOR

DISCHARGE PIPE

9.5CuT

CAPILLARY TUBEM

COOLING

THERMISTOR

4.0CuT

9.5CuT

MUFFLER

MOTOROPERATED

VALVE

HEAT EXCHANGER(CONDENSER)

15.9

CuT

COMPRESSOR15.9CuT

9.5CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

OUTDOOR UNIT

7.9CuT

15.9CuT

15.9CuT

STO

P V

ALV

ELI

QU

ID L

INEPROPELLER FAN

OUTDOOR TEMPERATUREHEAT EXCHANGER

15.9CuT

DC FAN MOTOR

FIELD PIPINGLIQUID(6.4 CuT)

3D054593A



RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA

RXS100HVMA

EV

DC FAN MOTOR

PROPELLER FAN

7.9CuT

HEAT EXCHANGER (CONDENSER)

12.7

CuT

REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE

7.9C

uT

7.9CuT

9.5CuT

7.9CuT

9.5CuT

15.9CuT

9.5CuT

COOLING

9.5C

uT

4 - WAYVALVEON: HEATING 15.9CuT

OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE

MOTOROPERATED

VALVE

FIELD PIPINGGAS (15.9CuT)

THERMISTOR

15.9CuT

4.0CuT

7.9CuT

HEATING

ACCUMULATOR

7.9CuT

THERMISTOR

LIQ

UID

LIN

E

MCAPILLARY TUBE

MUFFLER

THERMISTOR7.9CuTRECEIVER

15.9

CuT

9.5CuT7.9CuT

7.9CuT

9.5CuT

DISCHARGE PIPE

7.9CuT

15.9

CuT

ACCUMULATOR

HEADER

9.5CuT

GAS LINE

15.9CuT

ST

OP

VA

LVE

15.9CuT

OUTDOOR UNIT

HEAT EXCHANGER

7.9CuT

9.5C

uT

7.9CuT

COMPRESSOR

FILTERDISTRIBUTOR

FIELD PIPINGLIQUID (9.5CuT)

FILTER

3D061976

EV

FILTER

HEATING

9.5C

uT

HEADER

FIELD PIPINGLIQUID (9.5CuT)

9.5CuT

15.9CuT

FIELD PIPINGGAS (15.9CuT)

STO

P V

ALV

E

8.0CuT

CAPILLARY TUBE

8.0CuT

12.7

CuT

THERMISTOR

8.0CuT

9.5CuT

8.0CuT8.0CuT

OUTDOOR UNIT

15.9CuT

8.0CuT

LIQ

UID

LIN

E

MUFFLER

15.9CuT

7.9C

uT

FILTER

15.9

CuT

9.5CuT

STOP VALVE

8.0CuT

HEAT EXCHANGER (CONDENSER)

OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE

8.0CuT

8.0CuT

COMPRESSOR

9.5CuT

8.0CuT

4-WAYVALVEON: HEATING

COOLING

15.9

CuT

DISTRIBUTOR

4.0CuT

9.5CuT8.0CuT

MOTOROPERATED

VALVE

THERMISTOR

REFRIGERANT FLOW

GAS LINE

8.0CuT

DC FAN MOTOR

8.0CuT

RECEIVER

DISCHARGE PIPE

15.9CuT

ACCUMULATORACCUMULATOR

THERMISTOR

M

HEAT EXCHANGER

PROPELLER FAN

9.5CuT

3D062298



RXS50BVMA

OUTDOOR UNIT

12.7CuT


12.7CuT


7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

PROPELLER FAN

MUFFLER

7.9C

uT

7.9C

uT

VALVEFOUR WAY

ON : HEATING

COMPRESSOR

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

12.7CuT

ACCUMULATOR

HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURETHERMISTOR

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

7.9CuT

CAPILLARY TUBE 2

CAPILLARY TUBE 1

CAPILLARY TUBE 3

6.4CuT

MUFFLERWITH

FILTER

MU

FF

LER

WIT

HF

ILT

ER

FIL

TE

R6.

4CuT

6.4C

uT

MOTOR OPERATEDVALVE

REFRIGERANT FLOW

COOLING

HEATING

12.7CuT

6.4CuT


LIQUIDSTOP VALVE

FIELD PIPING

FIELD PIPING(12.7 CuT)

(6.4 CuT)

M

3D034262F


Capacity Tables ED04-910

8. Capacity Tables8.1 Cooling Only

FTKS25GVMA + RKS25EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

FTKS35GVMA + RKS35EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

AFR 8.7

BF 0.24

INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE(°CDB)

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40

°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI

14.0 20 2.52 1.91 0.46 2.41 1.85 0.50 2.29 1.79 0.55 2.25 1.77 0.57 2.18 1.74 0.59 2.06 1.68 0.64

16.0 22 2.63 1.87 0.46 2.52 1.82 0.51 2.40 1.77 0.55 2.36 1.75 0.57 2.29 1.72 0.60 2.18 1.67 0.64

18.0 25 2.75 1.97 0.47 2.63 1.92 0.51 2.52 1.87 0.55 2.47 1.85 0.57 2.40 1.82 0.60 2.29 1.77 0.64

19.0 27 2.80 2.08 0.47 2.69 2.03 0.51 2.57 1.99 0.56 2.53 1.97 0.57 2.46 1.94 0.60 2.35 1.89 0.64

22.0 30 2.97 2.01 0.47 2.86 1.97 0.52 2.74 1.93 0.56 2.70 1.91 0.58 2.63 1.88 0.60 2.52 1.84 0.65

24.0 32 3.09 1.96 0.47 2.97 1.92 0.52 2.86 1.88 0.56 2.81 1.87 0.58 2.74 1.84 0.61 2.63 1.81 0.65

Symbols NOTE:

AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan motor heat.

2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the

above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with

around values in direct proportion.5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.

Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m Level difference : 0m

6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.

BF : Bypass factor

EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C)

EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C)

TC : Total capacity (kW)

SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW)

PI : Power input (kW)

AFR 8.9

BF 0.24

INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE(°CDB)

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 3.29 2.32 0.77 3.27 2.30 0.85 3.11 2.22 0.92 3.05 2.19 0.95 2.96 2.14 1.00 2.80 2.06 1.07

16.0 22 3.58 2.35 0.78 3.42 2.27 0.85 3.26 2.19 0.93 3.20 2.16 0.96 3.11 2.11 1.00 2.95 2.04 1.08

18.0 25 3.73 2.43 0.78 3.57 2.36 0.86 3.42 2.29 0.93 3.36 2.26 0.96 3.26 2.21 1.01 3.11 2.14 1.08

19.0 27 3.81 2.54 0.79 3.65 2.47 0.86 3.50 2.40 0.94 3.43 2.37 0.97 3.34 2.33 1.01 3.18 2.26 1.08

22.0 30 4.04 2.44 0.79 3.88 2.38 0.87 3.73 2.32 0.94 3.66 2.29 0.97 3.57 2.25 1.02 3.42 2.19 1.09

24.0 32 4.19 2.37 0.80 4.04 2.31 0.87 3.88 2.25 0.95 3.82 2.23 0.98 3.72 2.20 1.02 3.57 2.14 1.10

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor







ED04-910 Capacity Tables

FTKS50GVMA + RKS50FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)


AFR 14.7

BF 0.18

INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 5.30 3.83 1.15 5.06 3.71 1.26 4.82 3.59 1.37 4.72 3.54 1.42 4.57 3.47 1.48 4.33 3.35 1.59

16.0 22 5.53 3.76 1.16 5.29 3.65 1.27 5.05 3.53 1.38 4.96 3.49 1.42 4.81 3.42 1.49 4.57 3.31 1.60

18.0 25 5.77 3.93 1.16 5.53 3.82 1.27 5.29 3.71 1.39 5.20 3.67 1.43 5.05 3.61 1.50 4.81 3.50 1.61

19.0 27 5.89 4.13 1.17 5.65 4.02 1.28 5.41 3.92 1.39 5.31 3.88 1.43 5.17 3.82 1.50 4.93 3.72 1.61

22.0 30 6.25 3.97 1.18 6.01 3.88 1.29 5.77 3.79 1.40 5.67 3.75 1.44 5.53 3.70 1.51 5.29 3.61 1.62

24.0 32 6.49 3.86 1.18 6.25 3.78 1.29 6.01 3.70 1.41 5.91 3.66 1.45 5.77 3.61 1.52 5.52 3.53 1.63

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor






AFR 16.2

BF 0.28


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 5.68 4.00 1.55 5.68 4.00 1.72 5.49 3.90 1.88 5.38 3.84 1.94 5.21 3.75 2.03 4.94 3.61 2.18

16.0 22 6.31 4.12 1.58 6.03 3.98 1.73 5.76 3.84 1.88 5.65 3.79 1.95 5.48 3.70 2.04 5.21 3.57 2.19

18.0 25 6.58 4.26 1.59 6.30 4.13 1.74 6.03 4.00 1.89 5.92 3.95 1.95 5.75 3.88 2.05 5.48 3.75 2.20

19.0 27 6.71 4.45 1.60 6.44 4.32 1.75 6.16 4.20 1.90 6.05 4.15 1.96 5.89 4.08 2.05 5.62 3.96 2.20

22.0 30 7.12 4.27 1.61 6.85 4.16 1.76 6.57 4.05 1.91 6.46 4.01 1.97 6.30 3.94 2.06 6.02 3.84 2.22

24.0 32 7.39 4.15 1.62 7.12 4.04 1.77 6.84 3.94 1.92 6.73 3.90 1.98 6.57 3.84 2.07 6.29 3.75 2.22

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor









AFR 17.4

BF 0.27


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 6.18 4.36 1.72 6.18 4.36 1.94 6.18 4.36 2.15 6.18 4.36 2.23 6.18 4.36 2.35 5.91 4.21 2.53

16.0 22 7.55 4.84 1.84 7.22 4.67 2.01 6.89 4.50 2.19 6.76 4.43 2.26 6.56 4.33 2.36 6.23 4.16 2.54

18.0 25 7.87 4.99 1.85 7.54 4.83 2.02 7.22 4.67 2.20 7.08 4.60 2.27 6.89 4.51 2.37 6.56 4.36 2.55

19.0 27 8.03 5.19 1.85 7.71 5.03 2.03 7.38 4.88 2.20 7.25 4.82 2.27 7.05 4.72 2.38 6.72 4.58 2.56

22.0 30 8.52 4.98 1.87 8.19 4.84 2.04 7.87 4.70 2.22 7.73 4.65 2.29 7.54 4.56 2.40 7.21 4.43 2.57

24.0 32 8.85 4.82 1.88 8.52 4.69 2.05 8.19 4.57 2.23 8.06 4.52 2.30 7.86 4.44 2.41 7.53 4.32 2.58

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor








8.2 Heat Pump

FTXS25GVMA + RXS25EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling

Heating

AFR 8.7

BF 0.24


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 2.52 1.91 0.46 2.41 1.85 0.50 2.29 1.79 0.55 2.25 1.77 0.57 2.18 1.74 0.59 2.06 1.68 0.64

16.0 22 2.63 1.87 0.46 2.52 1.82 0.51 2.40 1.77 0.55 2.36 1.75 0.57 2.29 1.72 0.60 2.18 1.67 0.64

18.0 25 2.75 1.97 0.47 2.63 1.92 0.51 2.52 1.87 0.55 2.47 1.85 0.57 2.40 1.82 0.60 2.29 1.77 0.64

19.0 27 2.80 2.08 0.47 2.69 2.03 0.51 2.57 1.99 0.56 2.53 1.97 0.57 2.46 1.94 0.60 2.35 1.89 0.64

22.0 30 2.97 2.01 0.47 2.86 1.97 0.52 2.74 1.93 0.56 2.70 1.91 0.58 2.63 1.88 0.60 2.52 1.84 0.65

24.0 32 3.09 1.96 0.47 2.97 1.92 0.52 2.86 1.88 0.56 2.81 1.87 0.58 2.74 1.84 0.61 2.63 1.81 0.65

AFR 9.4

INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10

°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI

15.0 2.27 0.71 2.65 0.74 3.03 0.78 3.49 0.82 3.79 0.85

20.0 2.15 0.73 2.53 0.76 2.91 0.80 3.37 0.84 3.67 0.87

22.0 2.11 0.74 2.49 0.77 2.87 0.81 3.32 0.85 3.63 0.88

24.0 2.06 0.74 2.44 0.78 2.82 0.81 3.28 0.86 3.58 0.88

25.0 2.04 0.75 2.42 0.78 2.80 0.82 3.25 0.86 3.56 0.89

27.0 1.99 0.76 2.37 0.79 2.75 0.82 3.21 0.87 3.51 0.89

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor








FTXS35GVMA + RXS35EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling

Heating

AFR 8.9

BF 0.24


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 3.29 2.32 0.77 3.27 2.30 0.85 3.11 2.22 0.92 3.05 2.19 0.95 2.96 2.14 1.00 2.80 2.06 1.07

16.0 22 3.58 2.35 0.78 3.42 2.27 0.85 3.26 2.19 0.93 3.20 2.16 0.96 3.11 2.11 1.00 2.95 2.04 1.08

18.0 25 3.73 2.43 0.78 3.57 2.36 0.86 3.42 2.29 0.93 3.36 2.26 0.96 3.26 2.21 1.01 3.11 2.14 1.08

19.0 27 3.81 2.54 0.79 3.65 2.47 0.86 3.50 2.40 0.94 3.43 2.37 0.97 3.34 2.33 1.01 3.18 2.26 1.08

22.0 30 4.04 2.44 0.79 3.88 2.38 0.87 3.73 2.32 0.94 3.66 2.29 0.97 3.57 2.25 1.02 3.42 2.19 1.09

24.0 32 4.19 2.37 0.80 4.04 2.31 0.87 3.88 2.25 0.95 3.82 2.23 0.98 3.72 2.20 1.02 3.57 2.14 1.10

AFR 9.7


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 2.65 0.94 3.10 0.98 3.54 1.03 4.08 1.08 4.43 1.12

20.0 2.52 0.96 2.96 1.01 3.41 1.06 3.94 1.11 4.30 1.15

22.0 2.46 0.97 2.91 1.02 3.35 1.07 3.89 1.12 4.24 1.16

24.0 2.41 0.98 2.85 1.03 3.30 1.08 3.83 1.13 4.19 1.17

25.0 2.38 0.99 2.83 1.03 3.27 1.08 3.80 1.14 4.16 1.17

27.0 2.33 1.00 2.77 1.04 3.22 1.09 3.75 1.15 4.11 1.18

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor








FTXS50GVMA + RXS50FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling

Heating

AFR 14.7

BF 0.18


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 5.30 3.83 1.15 5.06 3.71 1.26 4.82 3.59 1.37 4.72 3.54 1.42 4.57 3.47 1.48 4.33 3.35 1.59

16.0 22 5.53 3.76 1.16 5.29 3.65 1.27 5.05 3.53 1.38 4.96 3.49 1.42 4.81 3.42 1.49 4.57 3.31 1.60

18.0 25 5.77 3.93 1.16 5.53 3.82 1.27 5.29 3.71 1.39 5.20 3.67 1.43 5.05 3.61 1.50 4.81 3.50 1.61

19.0 27 5.89 4.13 1.17 5.65 4.02 1.28 5.41 3.92 1.39 5.31 3.88 1.43 5.17 3.82 1.50 4.93 3.72 1.61

22.0 30 6.25 3.97 1.18 6.01 3.88 1.29 5.77 3.79 1.40 5.67 3.75 1.44 5.53 3.70 1.51 5.29 3.61 1.62

24.0 32 6.49 3.86 1.18 6.25 3.78 1.29 6.01 3.70 1.41 5.91 3.66 1.45 5.77 3.61 1.52 5.52 3.53 1.63

AFR 16.2


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 3.94 1.36 4.61 1.43 5.27 1.49 6.06 1.57 6.59 1.63

20.0 3.74 1.40 4.40 1.46 5.07 1.53 5.86 1.61 6.39 1.66

22.0 3.66 1.41 4.32 1.48 4.99 1.54 5.78 1.62 6.31 1.68

24.0 3.58 1.43 4.24 1.49 4.90 1.56 5.70 1.64 6.23 1.69

25.0 3.54 1.43 4.20 1.50 4.86 1.57 5.66 1.65 6.19 1.70

27.0 3.46 1.45 4.12 1.51 4.78 1.58 5.58 1.66 6.11 1.71

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor









Heating

AFR 16.2

BF 0.28


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 5.68 4.00 1.55 5.68 4.00 1.72 5.49 3.90 1.88 5.38 3.84 1.94 5.21 3.75 2.03 4.94 3.61 2.18

16.0 22 6.31 4.12 1.58 6.03 3.98 1.73 5.76 3.84 1.88 5.65 3.79 1.95 5.48 3.70 2.04 5.21 3.57 2.19

18.0 25 6.58 4.26 1.59 6.30 4.13 1.74 6.03 4.00 1.89 5.92 3.95 1.95 5.75 3.88 2.05 5.48 3.75 2.20

19.0 27 6.71 4.45 1.60 6.44 4.32 1.75 6.16 4.20 1.90 6.05 4.15 1.96 5.89 4.08 2.05 5.62 3.96 2.20

22.0 30 7.12 4.27 1.61 6.85 4.16 1.76 6.57 4.05 1.91 6.46 4.01 1.97 6.30 3.94 2.06 6.02 3.84 2.22

24.0 32 7.39 4.15 1.62 7.12 4.04 1.77 6.84 3.94 1.92 6.73 3.90 1.98 6.57 3.84 2.07 6.29 3.75 2.22

AFR 17.4


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 4.69 1.72 5.47 1.80 6.26 1.88 7.20 1.98 7.83 2.05

20.0 4.45 1.76 5.23 1.85 6.02 1.93 6.96 2.03 7.59 2.10

22.0 4.35 1.78 5.13 1.86 5.92 1.95 6.86 2.05 7.49 2.12

24.0 4.25 1.80 5.04 1.88 5.82 1.97 6.77 2.07 7.40 2.13

25.0 4.20 1.81 4.99 1.89 5.78 1.98 6.72 2.08 7.35 2.14

27.0 4.11 1.83 4.89 1.91 5.68 1.99 6.62 2.09 7.25 2.16

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor









Heating

AFR 17.4

BF 0.27


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 6.18 4.36 1.72 6.18 4.36 1.94 6.18 4.36 2.15 6.18 4.36 2.23 6.18 4.36 2.35 5.91 4.21 2.53

16.0 22 7.55 4.84 1.84 7.22 4.67 2.01 6.89 4.50 2.19 6.76 4.43 2.26 6.56 4.33 2.36 6.23 4.16 2.54

18.0 25 7.87 4.99 1.85 7.54 4.83 2.02 7.22 4.67 2.20 7.08 4.60 2.27 6.89 4.51 2.37 6.56 4.36 2.55

19.0 27 8.03 5.19 1.85 7.71 5.03 2.03 7.38 4.88 2.20 7.25 4.82 2.27 7.05 4.72 2.38 6.72 4.58 2.56

22.0 30 8.52 4.98 1.87 8.19 4.84 2.04 7.87 4.70 2.22 7.73 4.65 2.29 7.54 4.56 2.40 7.21 4.43 2.57

24.0 32 8.85 4.82 1.88 8.52 4.69 2.05 8.19 4.57 2.23 8.06 4.52 2.30 7.86 4.44 2.41 7.53 4.32 2.58

AFR 21.5


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 5.41 2.09 6.32 2.19 7.23 2.29 8.32 2.41 9.04 2.50

20.0 5.13 2.14 6.04 2.25 6.95 2.35 8.04 2.47 8.77 2.55

22.0 5.02 2.17 5.93 2.27 6.84 2.37 7.93 2.49 8.66 2.57

24.0 4.91 2.19 5.82 2.29 6.73 2.39 7.82 2.51 8.54 2.60

25.0 4.86 2.20 5.77 2.30 6.67 2.40 7.76 2.53 8.49 2.61

27.0 4.75 2.22 5.65 2.32 6.56 2.43 7.65 2.55 8.38 2.63

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor









Heating

AFR 21.1

BF 0.34


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 6.78 4.78 2.01 6.78 4.78 2.25 6.78 4.78 2.49 6.78 4.78 2.58 6.78 4.78 2.71 6.54 4.65 2.91

16.0 22 8.33 5.33 2.11 7.99 5.15 2.32 7.62 4.96 2.52 7.48 4.89 2.60 7.26 4.78 2.72 6.90 4.60 2.92

18.0 25 8.71 5.51 2.13 8.35 5.33 2.33 7.98 5.15 2.53 7.84 5.08 2.61 7.62 4.98 2.73 7.26 4.81 2.94

19.0 27 8.89 5.73 2.13 8.53 5.55 2.33 8.16 5.38 2.54 8.02 5.31 2.62 7.80 5.21 2.74 7.44 5.05 2.94

22.0 30 9.43 5.49 2.15 9.07 5.34 2.35 8.70 5.19 2.56 8.56 5.13 2.64 8.34 5.04 2.76 7.98 4.89 2.96

24.0 32 9.79 5.32 2.16 9.42 5.18 2.37 9.06 5.04 2.57 8.92 4.98 2.65 8.70 4.90 2.77 8.34 4.77 2.97

AFR 23


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 6.41 2.72 7.48 2.86 8.56 2.99 9.85 3.15 10.71 3.25

20.0 6.08 2.80 7.16 2.93 8.23 3.06 9.52 3.22 10.38 3.33

22.0 5.95 2.82 7.02 2.96 8.10 3.09 9.39 3.25 10.25 3.36

24.0 5.82 2.85 6.89 2.99 7.97 3.12 9.26 3.28 10.12 3.38

25.0 5.75 2.87 6.83 3.00 7.90 3.13 9.19 3.29 10.05 3.40

27.0 5.62 2.90 6.69 3.03 7.77 3.16 9.06 3.32 9.92 3.43

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor








FTXS80HVMA + RXS80HVMA (50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V)Cooling

Heating

3D062310

AFR 23.8

BF 0.21


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 8.20 5.94 1.98 7.82 5.75 2.17 7.45 5.56 2.36 7.30 5.49 2.44 7.08 5.38 2.55 6.71 5.19 2.74

16.0 22 8.56 5.84 1.99 8.19 5.66 2.18 7.82 5.48 2.37 7.67 5.41 2.45 7.45 5.31 2.56 7.07 5.14 2.75

18.0 25 8.93 6.09 2.00 8.56 5.93 2.19 8.19 5.76 2.38 8.04 5.70 2.46 7.82 5.60 2.57 7.44 5.44 2.77

19.0 27 9.12 6.41 2.01 8.75 6.24 2.20 8.37 6.09 2.39 8.22 6.02 2.47 8.00 5.93 2.58 7.63 5.77 2.77

22.0 30 9.67 6.17 2.02 9.30 6.03 2.22 8.93 5.89 2.41 8.78 5.83 2.48 8.55 5.75 2.60 8.18 5.61 2.79

24.0 32 10.04 6.00 2.04 9.67 5.87 2.23 9.29 5.74 2.42 9.14 5.69 2.49 8.92 5.61 2.61 8.55 5.49 2.80

AFR 24.1


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 6.40 2.59 7.47 2.71 8.54 2.84 9.83 2.99 10.69 3.09

20.0 6.07 2.66 7.14 2.78 8.21 2.91 9.50 3.06 10.36 3.16

22.0 5.94 2.68 7.01 2.81 8.08 2.94 9.37 3.09 10.29 3.19

24.0 5.80 2.71 6.88 2.84 7.95 2.96 9.24 3.12 10.10 3.22

25.0 5.74 2.73 6.81 2.85 7.88 2.98 9.17 3.13 10.03 3.23

27.0 5.61 2.75 6.68 2.88 7.75 3.01 9.04 3.16 9.90 3.26

Symbols NOTE:





Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 7.5mLevel difference : 0m

6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above table.

BF : Bypass factor









Heating

3D062309

AFR 23.8

BF 0.23


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 8.92 6.28 2.53 8.80 6.22 2.79 8.38 6.00 3.04 8.21 5.91 3.14 7.96 5.78 3.28 7.54 5.57 3.53

16.0 22 9.64 6.33 2.56 9.22 6.12 2.81 8.80 5.91 3.05 8.63 5.83 3.15 8.38 5.71 3.30 7.96 5.50 3.54

18.0 25 10.05 6.56 2.58 9.63 6.36 2.82 9.21 6.17 3.07 9.04 6.09 3.17 8.79 5.98 3.31 8.37 5.79 3.56

19.0 27 10.26 6.86 2.58 9.84 6.66 2.83 9.42 6.48 3.07 9.25 6.40 3.17 9.00 6.29 3.32 8.58 6.11 3.57

22.0 30 10.88 6.59 2.61 10.46 6.42 2.85 10.04 6.25 3.10 9.87 6.19 3.19 9.62 6.09 3.34 9.20 5.93 3.59

24.0 32 11.29 6.39 2.62 10.87 6.24 2.87 10.46 6.09 3.11 10.29 6.03 3.21 10.04 5.94 3.36 9.62 5.79 3.60

AFR 24.1


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 6.73 2.82 7.86 2.95 8.99 3.09 10.35 3.25 11.25 3.36

20.0 6.39 2.89 7.52 3.03 8.64 3.17 10.00 3.33 10.90 3.44

22.0 6.25 2.92 7.38 3.06 8.51 3.20 9.86 3.36 10.77 3.47

24.0 6.11 2.95 7.24 3.09 8.37 3.23 9.72 3.39 10.63 3.50

25.0 6.04 2.97 7.17 3.10 8.30 3.24 9.65 3.41 10.56 3.51

27.0 5.90 3.00 7.03 3.13 8.16 3.27 9.52 3.44 10.42 3.54

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor









Heating

3D062308

AFR 23.8

BF 0.27


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 8.46 5.96 2.75 8.46 5.96 3.07 8.46 5.96 3.36 8.46 5.96 3.47 8.46 5.96 3.63 8.30 5.87 3.90

16.0 22 10.39 6.66 2.82 10.14 6.52 3.10 9.68 6.28 3.37 9.49 6.18 3.48 9.22 6.04 3.65 8.75 5.81 3.92

18.0 25 11.05 6.97 2.85 10.59 6.74 3.12 10.13 6.51 3.39 9.95 6.42 3.50 9.67 6.29 3.66 9.21 6.07 3.93

19.0 27 11.28 7.24 2.86 10.82 7.01 3.13 10.36 6.80 3.40 10.18 6.71 3.51 9.90 6.58 3.67 9.44 6.37 3.94

22.0 30 11.97 6.94 2.88 11.51 6.74 3.15 11.05 6.55 3.42 10.86 6.47 3.53 10.58 6.36 3.69 10.12 6.17 3.97

24.0 32 12.42 6.72 2.90 11.96 6.54 3.17 11.50 6.36 3.44 11.32 6.29 3.55 11.04 6.19 3.71 10.58 6.01 3.98

AFR 24.1


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 7.40 3.38 8.65 3.55 9.89 3.71 11.38 3.91 12.37 4.04

20.0 7.03 3.47 8.27 3.64 9.51 3.80 11.00 4.00 11.99 4.13

22.0 6.87 3.51 8.12 3.67 9.36 3.84 10.85 4.04 11.84 4.17

24.0 6.72 3.54 7.96 3.71 9.21 3.87 10.70 4.07 11.69 4.20

25.0 6.65 3.56 7.89 3.73 9.13 3.89 10.62 4.09 11.61 4.22

27.0 6.49 3.60 7.74 3.76 8.98 3.93 10.47 4.13 11.46 4.26

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor








FTXS50CVMA + RXS50BVMA (50Hz 220-240V)Cooling

Heating

AFR 11.4

BF 0.18


EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40


14.0 20 4.55 3.21 1.22 4.55 3.21 1.39 4.36 3.10 1.52 4.27 3.06 1.57 4.14 2.99 1.64 3.92 2.88 1.76

16.0 22 5.01 3.28 1.28 4.79 3.17 1.40 4.57 3.06 1.53 4.49 3.01 1.58 4.36 2.95 1.65 4.14 2.85 1.77

18.0 25 5.23 3.39 1.29 5.01 3.29 1.41 4.79 3.19 1.53 4.70 3.15 1.58 4.57 3.09 1.66 4.35 2.99 1.78

19.0 27 5.33 3.54 1.29 5.12 3.44 1.41 4.90 3.35 1.54 4.81 3.31 1.59 4.68 3.25 1.66 4.46 3.15 1.78

22.0 30 5.66 3.40 1.30 5.44 3.32 1.43 5.22 3.23 1.55 5.13 3.19 1.60 5.00 3.14 1.67 4.79 3.06 1.79

24.0 32 5.87 3.30 1.31 5.65 3.22 1.43 5.44 3.14 1.56 5.35 3.11 1.60 5.22 3.06 1.68 5.00 2.99 1.80

AFR 12.6


EDB –10 –5 0 6 10


15.0 3.66 1.46 4.28 1.53 4.89 1.61 5.63 1.69 6.12 1.75

20.0 3.47 1.50 4.09 1.57 4.70 1.64 5.44 1.73 5.93 1.79

22.0 3.40 1.52 4.01 1.59 4.63 1.66 5.36 1.75 5.86 1.80

24.0 3.32 1.53 3.94 1.60 4.55 1.68 5.29 1.76 5.78 1.82

25.0 3.29 1.54 3.90 1.61 4.52 1.68 5.25 1.77 5.74 1.83

27.0 3.21 1.56 3.83 1.63 4.44 1.70 5.18 1.78 5.67 1.84

Symbols NOTE:







BF : Bypass factor








8.3 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping (Reference)The cooling and the heating capacity of the unit has to be corrected in accordance with the length of refrigerant piping. (The distance between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit)

8.3.1 25/35 Class

8.3.2 50 Class

<— line : cooling capacity><--- line : heating capacity>

Cap

acity

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

5 10 15 20

0.9

0.8

R-410A (25/35 Class)

Piping length (m)

(R4979)

Range of the refrigerant additional charge

Cap

acity

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

5 10 15 20 25 30

0.9

0.8

R-410A 50Class

Piping length (m)

(R5167)

Range of the Refrigerant Additional Charge



8.3.3 60/71/80/90/100 Class

Note: 1. The graph shows the factor when additional refrigerant of the proper quantity is charged.

Cap

acity

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

5 10 15 20 25 30

0.9

0.8

R-410A 60/71/80/90/100Class

Piping length (m)

(R6058)

Range of the Refrigerant Additional Charge


ED04-910 Operation Limit

9. Operation Limit9.1 Cooling Only

RKS25EBVMA, RKS35EBVMA

RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA, RKS71FBVMA

Notes:The graph is basedon the following conditions.• Equivalent piping length 7.5m• Level difference 0m• Air flow rate High

Out

door

tem

p.( °

CD

B)

50

40

30

20

46

10

10Indoor temp.( °CWB)14

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

20 23

Pul

l-dow

n pe

riod

28 30

4D050467G

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

28

Pul

l-dow

n pe

riod

• Level difference

23

• Equivalent piping length

50

20

10

40

The graph is basedon the following conditions.

30

7.5m

• Air flow rate

20 30

High

Notes:

46

0m

10 14

Out

door

tem

p.(°

CD

B)

Indoor temp.(°CWB)

4D054070F


Operation Limit ED04-910

9.2 Heat Pump

RXS25EBVMA, RXS35EBVMA

RXS50FBVMA, RXS60FBVMA, RXS71FBVMA,RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA, RXS100HVMA

Out

door

tem

p.(°

CD

B)

30

40

50

20

46

10

10

Cooling

Indoor temp.(°CWB)14

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

20 23

Pul

l-dow

n pe

riod

28 30

(-10°CDB)O

utdo

or te

mp.

(°C

WB

)-10

-5

20

15

10

5

0

10Indoor temp.(°CDB)

Heating

20

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

30


High• Level difference 0m

Notes:

• Air flow rate

7.5m

The graphs are basedon the following conditions.

3D050466E


28

0m

-10

20

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

0

High

20

0

23

50

30

The graphs are basedon the following conditions.

20

10

10

-15

-5

10

7.5m

Notes: 3014

40

• Air flow rate

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

-10

10

46

30

Cooling

18

20

15

• Level difference

Heating

5

Pul

l-dow

n pe

riod

Out

door

tem

p.(°

CD

B)

Indoor temp.(°CWB)

Out

door

tem

p.(°

CW

B)

Indoor temp.(°CDB)

(-15°CDB)

3D054069D


ED04-910 Operation Limit

RXS50BVMAO

utdo

or te

mp.

(°C

DB

)

-10

20

40

50

30

46

10

-5

0

10Indoor temp.(°CWB)

Cooling

14

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

20 23

Pul

l-dow

n pe

riod

28 30

Notes: The graphs are based

• Air flow rate• Level difference

on the following conditions.• Equivalent piping length

(-15°CDB)O

utdo

or te

mp.

(°C

WB

)

-10

-15

-5

20

18

15

10

5

0

7.5m

High0m

10Indoor temp.(°CDB)

Heating

20

Con

tinuo

us o

pera

tion

30

3D027640H


Sound Level ED04-910

10.Sound Level10.1 Measuring Location

Note: 1. Operation sound is measured in an anechoic chamber.2. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit

Wall Mounted Type

1m

0.8m

(R1759)

1m

(R1003)

Cooling Heating Piping LengthIndoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB

Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWBIndoor ; 20°CDB

Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 5m


ED04-910 Sound Level

10.2 Octave Band Level10.2.1 Indoor Units

FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMA

FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA

FTKS71GVMA

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

37

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

25

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD

OPERATING CONDITIONS

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40

THRESHOLD HEARINGAPPROXIMATE

FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

63 125OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A

( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

4D048279C

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20


50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

38

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

26

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

4D048280C

NC-60

Cooling

NC-40

(L)

35

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

220-240/220-230V

NC-30

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

NC-20

(H)

NC-50

50/60Hz

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

44

220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


4D054973A

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

45

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

36

Cooling

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


4D040304F

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

Cooling

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

46

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

37

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

4D040305J



FTXS25GVMA

FTXS35GVMA

FTXS50GVMA

FTXS60GVMA

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20Cooling

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

37

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

25


50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

Heating

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

37

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

28


50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40

63OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

3D048277C

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20Cooling

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

38

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

26


50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

Heating

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

38

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

29


50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

3D048278C

NC-60

33

220-240/220-230V

Heating

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

Cooling

50/60Hz50/60Hz

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)NC-3050/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

NC-50

NC-30

NC-50

(L)(L)(H)

NC-40

44

NC-60

(H)220-240/220-230V

NC-20

220-240/220-230V

NC-40

42

NC-20

35

50/60Hz

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

3D054979B

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

45

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

36

Cooling

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(H)

44

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

(L)

35

Heating

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

3D040300F



FTXS71GVMA

FTXS80GVMA

FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA

FTXS100HVMA

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20Cooling

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

46

(H)220-240/220-230V

50/60Hz

37

(L)

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20Heating

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

46

(H)220-240/220-230V

50/60Hz

37

(L)

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


3D040301E

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz

Cooling

NC-40

(H) (L)220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

NC-30

49NC-50 49

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

NC-40

(L)

50/60Hz

NC-20

40

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

Heating

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

220-240/220-230VNC-60

38

NC-30

(H)

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

3D054890A

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

(0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A

(B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)

70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

(0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

NC-60

NC-30

NC-50

NC-20

NC-40 NC-40

NC-20

NC-60

NC-30

NC-50

220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz50/60Hz

3849

220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

Heating

220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz50/60Hz

4049

Cooling

220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

3D061960

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

(0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

(0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

NC-40

NC-60

NC-50

NC-30

NC-20

NC-40

NC-60

NC-30

NC-50

NC-20

220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz50/60Hz

4049

Cooling

220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz50/60Hz

3849

220-240/220-230V(L)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

Heating

3D061962



FTXS50CVMA

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

44

(H)220-240/220-230V

50/60Hz

35

(L)

Cooling

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

42

(H)220-240/220-230V

50/60Hz

33

(L)

Heating

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)

220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

3D040299G



10.2.2 Outdoor Units

RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA

RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA

RKS71FBVMA

220~240V(H)50/60Hz

46

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

220~240V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


4D047727G

220~240V(H)50/60Hz

47

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

220~240V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


4D047728G

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

Cooling

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

47

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

4D027648E

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

Cooling

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

49

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

4D040949F

NC-60

NC-20

NC-30

NC-50

NC-40 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

52

50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V

Cooling

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING

4D054592A



RXS25EBVMA

RXS35EBVMA

RXS50FBVMA

RXS60FBVMA

Cooling

NC-60

Heating

NC-50

NC-20

220~240V(H)

NC-30

46

220~240V 50/60Hz

NC-60

NC-40

50/60Hz

NC-40

NC-50

NC-20

NC-30

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

220~240V(H)

47

220~240V 50/60Hz

50/60Hz

3D047725H

NC-30

NC-40

NC-20

Heating

NC-50NC-50

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

Cooling

NC-60NC-60

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

220~240V(H)

47

220~240V 50/60Hz

50/60Hz220~240V(H)

48

220~240V 50/60Hz

50/60Hz

3D047726H

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

47

Cooling

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

48

Heating

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


3D027645P

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

Cooling

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

49

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

Heating

50/60Hz220-240/220-230V

49

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

3D035059G



RXS71FBVMA

RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA

RXS100HVMA

RXS50BVMA

NC-40

NC-60

NC-20

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

NC-50

NC-40

NC-30HeatingCooling

52

50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V

52

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V

POWER SOURCE



OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE



OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

3D054590A

NC-50

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

NC-60

NC-40

NC-20

NC-60

NC-30

NC-50

Cooling Heating

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V

54 54

50Hz 220V-240V60Hz 220V-230V

220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE



OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE



OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

3D054591A



OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


COOLING HEATING

NC-50

NC-30

NC-40

NC-20

NC-60

NC-20

NC-40

NC-60

NC-30

NC-5054

50Hz 220V - 240V60Hz 220V - 230V

POWER SOURCE 220 - 240 / 220 - 230V 50 / 60Hz

Cooling


55

50Hz 220V - 240V60Hz 220V - 230V

POWER SOURCE 220 - 240 / 220 - 230V 50 / 60Hz

Heating

3D062306

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

47

Cooling

COOLING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz

220-240/220-230V50/60Hz

48

Heating

HEATING

NC-40

NC-30

NC-50

NC-60

NC-20

50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

220-240/220-230V 50/60HzPOWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)

70

60

20

30

50

40


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE


250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


70

60

20

30

50

40


125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

OC

TAV

E B

AN

D S

OU

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

LdB

( 0dB

=0.

0002

µ ba

r)


FOR CONTINUOUSNOISE

POWER SOURCE

JIS STANDARD


OVER ALL ( dB )

SCALE

A


3D027645P


Electric Characteristics ED04-910

11.Electric Characteristics

REPRESENTATIVE UNIT COMBINATION POWER SUPPLY COMP OFM IFM

INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT Hz-Volts VOLTAGE RANGE MCA MFA RHz RLA W FLA W FLA


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

9.75 10 48.50

3.0

23 0.22 40 0.14

50-230 2.8

50-240 2.7

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

3.0

60-230 2.8


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

9.75 10 75

4.4

23 0.22 40 0.14

50-230 4.2

50-240 4.0

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

4.4

60-230 4.2


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 67

6.5

53 0.32 43 0.17

50-230 6.2

50-240 5.9

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

6.5

60-230 6.2


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 84

9.0

53 0.39 43 0.18

50-230 8.6

50-240 8.2

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

9.0

60-230 8.6


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 56

10.4

66 0.40 43 0.19

50-230 10.0

50-240 9.5

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

10.4

60-230 10.0

SYMBOLS: NOTE:

MCA : MIN. CIRCUIT AMPS (A) 1. RLA is based on the following conditions.Indoor temp. 27°CDB/19°CWBOutdoor temp. 35°CDB.

2. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.3. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA.4. Instead of fuse, use circuit breaker.5. Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle

higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling high harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)

MFA : MAX. FUSE AMPS (A)

RLA : RATED LOAD AMPS (A)

OFM : OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR

IFM : INDOOR FAN MOTOR

FLA : FULL LOAD AMPS (A)

W : FAN MOTOR RATED OUTPUT (W)

RHz : RATED OPERATING FREQUENCY (Hz)


ED04-910 Electric Characteristics




50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

9.75 10 48.50

3.0

23 0.22 40 0.14

50-230 2.8

50-240 2.7

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

3.0

60-230 2.8


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

9.75 10 75

4.4

23 0.22 40 0.14

50-230 4.2

50-240 4.0

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

4.4

60-230 4.2


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 67

6.5

53 0.32 43 0.17

50-230 6.2

50-240 5.9

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

6.5

60-230 6.2


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 84

9.0

53 0.39 43 0.18

50-230 8.6

50-240 8.2

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

9.0

60-230 8.6


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 56

10.4

66 0.40 43 0.19

50-230 10.0

50-240 9.5

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

10.4

60-230 10.0


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.75 20 62

12.1

66 0.49 43 0.30

50-230 11.5

50-240 11.0

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264VMIN. 60Hz 198V

12.1

60-230 11.5

SYMBOLS: NOTE:












Electric Characteristics ED04-910

3D0623033D062304




50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

18.50 20 58

11.2

66 0.49 64 0.18

50-230 10.7

50-240 10.2

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253VMIN. 60Hz 198V

11.2

60-230 10.7


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.50 20 72

14.5

66 0.49 64 0.18

50-230 13.8

50-240 13.2

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253VMIN. 60Hz 198V

14.5

60-230 13.8


50-220MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V

19.50 20 78

16.2

200 0.35 64 0.18

50-230 15.5

50-240 14.8

60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253VMIN. 60Hz 198V

16.2

60-230 15.5

FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA 50-240 MAX. 50Hz 264VMIN. 50Hz 198V 18 20 72 6.5 53 0.22 40 0.17

SYMBOLS: NOTE:












ED04-910 Installation Manual

12. Installation Manual12.1 Indoor Units12.1.1 Safety Precautions

• Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.• This manual classifies the precautions into WARNING and CAUTION.• Be sure to follow all the precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.

WARNING

CAUTION

WARNING

CAUTION

Failure to follow any of WARNING is likely to result in such grave consequences as death or serious injury.

Failure to follow any of CAUTION may result in grave consequences in some cases.

• The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual:

Be sure to observe this instruction. Be sure to establish an earth connection. Never attempt.

• After completing installation, test the unit to check for installation errors. Give the user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning of the unit according to the Operation Manual.

• Installation should be left to the dealer or another professional. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.

• Install the air conditioner according to the instructions given in this manual. Incomplete installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.

• Be sure to use the supplied or specified installation parts. Use of other parts may cause the unit to come to lose, water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.

• Install the air conditioner on a solid base that can support the weight of the unit. An inadequate base or incomplete installation may cause injury in the event the unit falls off the base.

• Electrical work should be carried out in accordance with the installation manual and the national electrical wiring rules or code of practice. Insufficient capacity or incomplete electrical work may cause electrical shock or fire.

• Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.

• The installation height from the floor must be over 1.8m.

• Use the specified types of wires for electrical connections between the indoor and outdoor units. Firmly clamp the interconnecting wires so their terminals receive no external stresses. Incomplete connections or clamping may cause terminal overheating or fire.

• For wiring, use a cable length enough to cover the entire distance with no connection. Do not use an extension cord. Do not put other loads on the power supply, use a dedicated power circuit. (Failure to do so may cause abnormal heat, electric shock or fire.)

• After all installation is complete, check to make sure that no refrigerant is leaking out. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)

• Do not install the air conditioner in a place where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas leakage. If the gas leaks and builds up around the unit, it may catch fire.

• Establish drain piping according to the instructions of this manual. Inadequate piping may cause flooding.

• Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method such as with a torque wrench. If the flare nut is tightened too hard, the flare nut may crack after a long time and cause refrigerant leakage.

• After connecting interconnecting and supply wiring be sure to shape the cables so that they do not put undue force on the electrical covers or panels. Install covers over the wires. Incomplete cover installation may cause terminal overheating, electrical shock, or fire.

• When installing or relocating the system, be sure to keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant (R410A), such as air. (Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit causes an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.)

• If any refrigerant has leaked out during the installation work, ventilate the room. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)

• Be sure to establish an earth. Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, arrester, or telephone earth. Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock, or fire. A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.

• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.

• During pump-down, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is still running and the shut-off valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the refrigerant piping is removed, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.

• During installation, attach the refrigerant piping securely before running the compressor. If the compressor is not attached and the shut-off valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the compressor is run, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.

Safety Precautions


Installation Manual ED04-910

12.1.2 FTK(X) 25/35 G

1. Indoor unit.• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),6) cool (warm) air is circulated throughout the room,7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the remote controller range,8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound),9) install at the recommended height (1.8m).

2. Wireless remote controller.1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote controller signals are

properly received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).

1. Removing and installing front panel.• Removal method

Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengagethe rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.

• Installation methodAlign the tabs of the front panel with the grooves, and push all the way in. Then close slowly. Push the center of the lower surface of the panel firmly to engage the tabs.

• Before choosing the installation site, obtain user approval.

2. Removing and installing front grille.• Removal method

1)Remove front panel to remove the air filter.2)Remove the front grille.3)In front of the mark of the

front grille, there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.

<When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>

Be sure to wear protection gloves.

CAUTION

Place both hands under the center of the front grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.

• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).2) Install 2screws of the front grille.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.

3. How to set the different addresses.When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.1) In the same way as

when connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.

2) Cut the address jumper (JA) on the printed circuit board.

3) Cut the address jumper (J4) in the remote controller.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

1 1 1

1

1

6 2

2 2

1 1

Mounting plate

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

Wireless remote controller

Remote controller holder

AAA dry-cell batteries

Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L

Operation manual

Installation manual

Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L

Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L

Insulation tape

Accessories

Choosing an Installation Site

Installation Tips

Push the rotating shaft of the front panel into the groove.

mark area (3 locations)

Upper hook

Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand. (3 locations)

Pushdown.

Upper hook

Upper hook

1) Push up.

2) Pull toward you.

ADDR

ESS

JA

ADDRESSJAEXIST 1CUT 2

ADDRESSJ4EXIST CUT

12

J4



Indoor Unit Installation Drawings

Intelligent-eye Sensor

1) Do not hit or violently push the intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the

sensor’s detection area.

CAUTION

30mm or more from ceiling

Front panel

50mm or more from walls (on both sides) Intelligent-eye sensor

Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishing tape from bottom to top.

Cut thermal insulation pipe to an appropriate length and wrap it with tape, making sure that no gap is left in the insulation pipe’s cut line.

Caulk pipe hole gap with putty.

D Wireless remote controller

E Remote controller holder

Before screwing the remote controller holder to the wall, make sure that control signals are properly received by indoor unit.

The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.

A Mounting plate

A Mountingplate

Clip

Mark (rear side)Bottom frameFront grille

How to attach the indoor unit.Hook the claws of the bottom frameto the mounting plate.If the claws are difficult to hook,remove the front grille.

How to remove the indoor unit.Push up the marked area (at thelower part of the front grille) torelease the claws. If it is difficult torelease, remove the front grille.

Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L (6)

B

Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L (2)

F

Service lidOpening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method

1) Remove the service lid screws.2) Pull out the service lid diagonally

down in the direction of the arrow.3) Pull down.

C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter (2)

Air filter

Filter frame

Tab

C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

Air filtersM4 × 16L



1. Installing the mounting plate.• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and

mark the boring points on the wall.2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.

Recommended mounting plate retention spots and dimensions

2. Boring a wall hole and installing wall embedded pipe.• For walls containing metal frame or metal board, be sure to use a wall

embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent possible heat, electrical shock, or fire.

• Be sure to caulk the gaps around the pipes with caulking material to prevent water leakage.

1) Bore a feed-through hole of 65mm in the wall so it has a down slope toward the outside.

2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe

hole gap with putty.

Indoor Unit Installation (1)

80

100

400

135

450

283

47.5

141.

5

50.5

46.5

44.513

1.5 87

44.5

110

60 130

220 50

60 110

800

φ65 φ65

Use tape measure as shown.Position the end of a tape measure at .

Keep here the piece cut out from the unit for pipingGas pipe end

Liquid pipe end

* The removed pipe port cover can be kept in the mounting plate pocket. Removed pipe

port cover

A Mounting plate

Through-the-wall hole 65mm

Drain hose position

Recommended mounting plate retention spots (6 spots in all)

(Bolt size : M10)

Place a leveler on raised tab.

(Bolt size : M10)

Inside Outside

Caulking

Wall embedded pipe (Field supply)

Wall hole cover(Field supply)


φ65




3. Installing indoor unit.3-1. Right-side, right-back, or right-bottom piping.

1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes with an adhesive vinyl tape.

2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an insulation tape.

3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.

4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid. (Refer to Installation Tips.)

5) Pass the interconnecting wires from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. (If the interconnecting wire ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)

6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.

3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping.1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes

with adhesive vinyl tape.

2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in place of a drain plug.

3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the mounting plate.

4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using the markings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.

5) Pull in the interconnecting wires.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with

insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.

8) While exercising care so that the interconnecting wires do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L).

3-3. Wall embedded piping.Follow the instructions given under

1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of the drain pipe.

Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping

Right-bottom piping

Right-back piping

Bind coolant pipe and drain hose together with insulating tape.

Remove pipe port cover here for right-side piping.

Remove pipe port cover here for right-bottom piping.

Mounting plateA

Wire guide

When stripping the ends of interconnecting wires in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulating tape.

Hang indoor unit’s hook here.

Interconnectingwires

Mounting plateA

Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping.

Remove pipe port cover here for left-side piping.

Left-bottom piping

Left-side pipingLeft-back piping

How to set drain plug

No gapDo not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant machine oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.

Insert a hexagon wrench (4mm)

Wrap insulating tape around the bent portion of refrigerant pipe. Overlap at least half the width of the tape with each turn.

Drain hose

Caulk this hole with putty or caulking material. Bind with plastic

tape.

A Mounting plate

Refrigerantpipes

Drain hose

Bottom frame

H M4 × 12L (2 point)

Mountingplate

A

Inner wall

Vinyl chloride drain pipe (VP-30)

Drain hose50mm or more

Insert drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of drain pipe.

Outer wall




4. Wiring.1) Strip wire ends (15mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and outdoor unit’s

terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.

Attach the earth wire so that it is not connected to the fan motor connector.

4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, then retain wires with wire retainer.

5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.)

6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close service lid.

1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.

2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.

WARNING

5. When connecting to an HA system.1) Remove the front grille.

(2 screws)2) Remove the electrical

wiring box. (1 screw)3) Remove the metal plate

electrical wiring cover. (3 tabs)

4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.

5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.

6. Drain piping.1) Connect the drain hose, as described below.

2) Remove the air filters and pour some water into the drain pan to check the water flows smoothly.

3) When drain hose requires extension, obtain an extension hose commercially available.Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor section of the extension hose.

4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter 13mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm) as a joint.

With a multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.

Shape wires so that the service lid will fit securely.

Terminal block

Electrical component box

Connector for fan motor

Wire retainer

Firmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.

Use the specified wire type.

123

1 2 3 L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.

H05VV

Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws. Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Firmly fix the wires with the terminal screws.

Screw

HA connector(S21)

4) 5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.

Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the harness out through the notched part in the figure.

3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.

TabPush

Slide

PullTab

Slide

HA cord

Notched part

The drain hose should be inclined downward.

No trap is permitted.

Do not put the end of the hose in water.

Indoor unit drain hose φ1

8 Extension drain hose

Heat insulation tube(Field supply)

Drain hose supplied with the indoor unit

Commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm)

Commercially available rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe(nominal diameter 13mm)

φ18



With a multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.

Refrigerant Piping Work

2. Refrigerant piping

2-1. Caution on piping handling.1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a

pipe bender for bending.

2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam

Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh •˚C))Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.

2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below.

1. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing

downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.

3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.

1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.

WARNING

3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.

Liquid side

1/4 inch

14.2-17.2N • m

(144-175kgf • cm)

Gas side

3/8 inch

32.7-39.9N • m

(330-407kgf • cm)

Flare nut tightening torque

Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)

Bending radius 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.

O.D. 9.5mm I.D. 12-15mm

25/35 class 25/35 class

Gas side Gas pipe thermal insulation

O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 8-10mm

Liquid sideLiquid pipe thermal

insulation

1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.

Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.

CAUTION

Do not apply refrigeration

oil to the outer surface.

Flare nut

Apply refrigeration oil to the inner surface of the flare.

Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare

nut avoid tightening with over torque.

[Apply oil] Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut

Spanner

[Tighten]

CheckFlare’s inner surface must be flaw-free.

The pipe end must be evenly flared in a perfect circle.

Make sure that the flare nut is fitted.

Wall

If no flare cap is available, cover the flare mouth with tape to keep dirt or water out.

Be sure to place a cap.

Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation

Liquid pipe insulation

Finishing tape Drain hose

Inter-unit wiring

Set exactly at the position shown below.

A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type

Flare tool for R410A

1.0-1.5mm

Clutch-type (Rigid-type)

1.5-2.0mm

Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)

Conventional flare tool

(Cut exactly at right angles.) Remove burrs



Trial Operation and Testing

Test items

Incomplete cooling/heating functionNo refrigerant gas leaks.

Draining line is properly installed.

Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on solid bases.

Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain hose extension are thermally insulated.

Fall, vibration, noise

Water leakage

Water leakage

System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage

Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands. Inoperative

Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened. Incomplete cooling/heating function

The specified wires are used for interconnecting wire connections.

Inoperative or burn damage

Symptom(diagnostic display on RC)

Check

1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.

For Heat pump• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest

programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.

Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,

20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.

For Cooling only• Select the lowest programmable temperature.

1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.

2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.

1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for

some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original

operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.

Trial operation from remote controller.1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.2) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.3) Press MODE button twice.

(“ ” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial

operation, press ON/OFF button.

2. Test items.

C: 3P175978-5D



12.1.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS80 G





A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

1

19

12

2

1

1

12

Mounting plate

Titanium Apatite PhotocatalyticAir-Purifying Filter



AAA dry-cell batteries

Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L Operation manual

Installation manual

Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L Insulation tape

2Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L

Accessories


Installation Tips1. Removing and installing front panel.

• Removal methodHook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengagethe rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.



1)Remove front panel to remove the air filter.

2) Remove the front grille.3) In front of the mark of

the front grille, there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.



CAUTION


• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).2) Install 3 screws of the front grille.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.

3. How to set the different addresses.When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.1) In the same way as when

connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.

2) Cut the address jumper (JA) on the prindted circuit board.



Upper hook

Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.(3 locations)

Pushdown.

Upper hook

Upper hook

1) Push up.

2) Pull toward you.

ADDR

ESS

JA



ADDRESSJ4EXISTCUT

12

J4




Intelligent-eye Sensor (FTXS, FTKS only)



CAUTION


Front panel

50mm or more from walls (on both sides)

Intelligent-eye sensor (FTXS, FTKS only)



Caulkpipe hole gapwith putty.



ERemotecontroller holder





B


F

Service lidOpening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method



Air filters

Tabs (upper 3 locations)

Tabs (lower 3 locations)

Insert the upper side of the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying filter into the tabs (upper 3 locations),push the lower side of the filters up a little and into the tabs (lower 3 locations).

C

A Mounting plate


Front grille

A Mountingplate

Clip

Bottom frame

Mark (rear side)

M4 × 16L













125

60 83 413.5 44.5

290

52

105099.5

5290

55

100

100

Keep here the piece cut out from the unit for piping

Through-the-wallhole φ80mmDrain hose position

φ80 φ80


(Bolt size : M10) (Bolt size : M10)


Use tape measureas shown.Position the end of a tape measure at ∇ .

Gas pipe end Liquid pipe end

(length: mm)

Inside Outside

Caulking




φ80


port cover

A Mounting plate






2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an insulation tape.



5) Pass the inter-unit wiring from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. (If the inter-unit wiring ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)


3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping.1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes

with adhesive vinyl tape.




5) Pull in the inter-unit wiring.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with

insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.

8) While exercising care so that the inter-unit wiring do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L).



Right-bottompiping

Right-back piping




Mounting plateA

Wire guide

When stripping the ends of inter-unit wiring in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulating tape.


Inter-unit wiring

Mounting plateA



Left-bottom piping

Left-sidepiping

Left-backpiping


No gap Do not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.

Insert a hexagon wrench (4mm)


Drainhose


tape.

A Mounting plate

Refrigerantpipes

Drain hose

Bottom frameH M4 × 12L (2 point)

Mountingplate

A

Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping .

Inner wall


Drain hose50mmor more


Outer wall




(3 screws)2) Remove the electrical

wiring box. (1 screw)3) Remove the metal plate

electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)




4. Wiring., install as described in the installation

manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.1) Strip wire ends (15mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and

outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.

3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up,

then retain wires with wire retainer.5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote

controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.)




WARNING





With a Multi indoor unit








Commercially available drain socket(nominal diameter 13mm)


φ18


Terminal block


Wire retainer

Firmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.Use the

specifiedwire type.

123


H05VV


Indoorunit


Screw

HA cord

HA connector(S21)

Tab

TabPush

Slide

Push

Metal plate electrical cover

Tab

Push

Main body

Notched part






Refrigerant Piping Work

2. Refrigerant piping.

2-1. Caution on piping handling.1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a

pipe bender for bending.

2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam

Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh ˚C))Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.





1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent miner ould reduce the lifal oil from getting into the system as this w etime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee it’s lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.

WARNING


Thickness 10mm Min.

71/80/90 class

O.D. 15.9mm

Bending radius50mm or larger

50/60 class

O.D. 12.7mm


71/80/90 class

I.D. 16-20mm

50/60 class

I.D. 14-16mm

Gas side Gas pipe thermal insulation

50/60/71/80/90 classs

O.D. 6.4mm


Thickness 1.0mm(C1220T-0)



50/60/71/80/90 class

I.D. 8-10mm

Liquid side Liquid pipe thermal insulation


Gas side Liquid side

1/2 inch

49.5-60.3N m(505-615kgf cm)

61.8-75.4N m(630-770kgf cm)

14.2-17.2N m(144-175kgf cm)

5/8 inch 1/4 inch



CAUTION

Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut



Flare nut

Apply refrigeration oil to the

inner surface of the flare.

Do not apply

refrigeration oil to the

flare nut avoid tightening

with over torque.

Spanner

[Apply oil] [Tighten]

, install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.With a Multi indoor unit

Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring



A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm









Test items






Water leakage

Water leakage


Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands. Inoperative

Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened. Incomplete cooling/heating function

The specified wires are used for inter-unit wiring connections.



Check



programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.




1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.





Trial operation from remote controller.1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.2) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.3) Press MODE button twice.



2. Test items.

C: 3P182980-4C



12.1.4 FTXS 80-100 H





A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

M

1 1

19

13

1

2

2

33

Mounting plate




Dry batteries AAA. LR03 (alkaline)

Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L Operation manual

Screw cover

L Installation manual

Mounting plate fixing screws M4 × 25L

Insulation tape 1

Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L

Accessories


Installation Tips1. Removing and installing front panel.

• Removal methodHook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengage the rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.



1) Remove front panel to remove the air filter.

2) Remove the front grille.

3) In front of the mark of the front grille, there are 4 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.




• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks

(4 locations).2) Install 6 screws of the front grille.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.

3. How to set the different addresses.When two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.

1) In the same way as when connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.

2) Cut the address jumper (JA) on the prindted circuit board.


CAUTION


Upper hook

Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.(4 locations)

Pushdown.

Upper hook

Upper hook

1) Push up.

2) Pull toward you.

ADDR

ESS

JA



ADDRESSJ4EXIST CUT

12

J4




Intelligent-eye Sensor



CAUTION

1) Insert the tool into the groove of the front grille fixture.

How to remove front grille fixture

2) Turn the tool 90˚ in the direction of the arrow.

3) Take out the front grille fixture.




Caulk pipe hole gap with putty.




Opening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method



Air filters

Front grille

A Mountingplate

Clip

Bottom frame

Mark (rear side)

A Mounting plate


B


Intelligent-eye sensor

50mm or more from walls (on both sides)

Front panel

M4 × 16LM4 × 16L

M4 × 16LService lidFront grille fixture





F


Filter frame

Air filter

Tab

Bottom of indoor unit

Front grille fixture

Screw coverM











2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe hole gap with putty.



2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an J insulation tape.



5) Pass the inter-unit wiring from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. (If the inter-unit wiring ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)


Inside Outside

Caulking




φ80

Right-bottom piping

Right-back piping

Bind coolant pipe and drain hose together with

insulation tape.J



Mounting plateA

Wire guide

When stripping the ends of inter-unit wiring in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulation tape.J


Inter-unit wiring

Mounting plate

A

4519

053

134131

45

340

65.3

φ80

161 182.5 89

φ80

120047554

(length: mm)

Use tape measure as shown.Position the end of a tape measure at ∇.Gas pipe end

Liquid pipe end


Through-the-wall hole φ80mm

Drain hose position

Removed pipe port cover

A Mounting plate

* The removed pipe port cover can be kept in the mounting plate pocket.


(Bolt size: M10) (Bolt size: M10) (Bolt size: M10)





3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping.1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant

pipes with adhesive vinyl tape.2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in

place of a drain plug.



5) Pull in the inter-unit wiring.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with

J insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.

8) While exercising care so that the inter-unit wiring do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L).



4. Wiring.1) Strip wire ends (15mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and

outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.

3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up,

then retain wires with wire retainer.5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote

controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.)




WARNING

How to set the drain hose.• Insert drain hose and tighten indoor unit fixing screw.

(Forgetting to attach this may cause water leakages.)* The drain hose is on the back of the unit.

How to set the drain hose.

Front side of unit

Drain hose attachment positionAttachment on the left side

Drain hose

Indoor unit fixing screw

Attachment on the right side (factory default)

Drain hose

Insulation fixing screw



Left-bottom piping

Left-side piping

Left-back piping

No gap Do not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.Insert a hexagon

wrench (4mm)

Wrap J insulation tape around the bent portion of refrigerant pipe. Overlap at least half the width of the J insulation tape with each turn.

Drain hose


tape.

A Mounting plate

Refrigerantpipes

Drain hose

Bottom frameH M4 × 12L (3 point)

Inter-unit wiringMountingplate

A

Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping .

Inner wall


Drain hose50mm or more


Outer wall


Terminal block


Wire retainer

Firmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.Use the

specified wire type.

123


60245 IEC57


Indoor unit





(6 screws, 3 front grille fixtures)

2) Remove the electrical wiring box. (1 screw)

3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)




Refrigerant Piping Work (1)








1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee it’s lifetime.5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.

WARNING



A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm













Commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13mm)


φ18




Screw

Pull Pull

Slide

Tab

Tab

Slide


Main body

HA connector(S21)

HA connector(S21)

Lay the HA cord as shown in the figure.



Refrigerant Piping Work (2)


2-1. Caution on piping handling.1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender

for bending.2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.

• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam



Pump Down Operation


Thickness 10mm Min.

I.D. 16-20mm

Gas side

O.D. 15.9mm

Bening radius 50mm or larger


Gas pipe thermal insulation

I.D. 12-15mm

Liquid side

O.D. 9.5mm



Liquid pipe thermal insulation



61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)

32.7-39.9N • m(330-407kgf • cm)

5/8 inch 3/8 inch

1) After closing the liquid stop valve, close the gas stop valve within three minutes, then stop the forced operation.

CAUTION

In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forced cooling operation.

How to force cooling operation modeUsing the indoor unit ON/OFF switchPress the indoor unit ON/OFF switch for at least five seconds. (Operation will start.)• Forced cooling operation will stop automatically after around 15 minutes.

To force a test run to stop, press the indoor unit ON/OFF switch.Using the main unit’s remote controller1) Press the MODE button to return the operation mode to cooling. 2) Press the ON/OFF button. (Operation will start.)3) Press the TEMP button and the MODE button at the same time. 4) Press the MODE button twice. ( will be displayed and the unit will enter test run mode.) • Test run mode will stop automatically after around 30 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the

ON/OFF button.



CAUTION

Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring

Gas stop valve Valve cap

Hexagonal wrench

Close

Liquid stop valve

Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut

Do not apply refrigeration oil to the outer surface.

Flare nut


Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare nut avoid tightening with over torque.

Spanner






• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.






Trial operation from remote controller.1) Press the MODE button and select the trial operation mode.2) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.3) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.4) Press MODE button twice.



2. Test items.

Test items






Water leakage

Water leakage


Indoor unit properly receives remote controller commands.

Inoperative

Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.

Incomplete cooling/heating function




Check

will appear when the MODE button is pressed.* No heating

* If the is not displayed, change the dipswitch setting for the remote controller.Slide the dipswitch to the left-hand side.Press the MODE button again and check that appears on the LCD of the remote controller.

Dipswitch

C: 2P228446-1A



12.1.5 FTXS 50 C

Accessories

Choosing a Site

Installation Tips

A Mounting plate


F Fixing screws for remote controller holder M3 × 20L

H Indoor unit fixing screwsM4 × 12L

G AAA dry-cell batteries

J Insulation tape

K Operation manual

L Installation manual

1

9

2

1

1

2

2

2

1

1

1


C Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function

B Mounting platefixing screwsM4 × 25L

1. Indoor unit.• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),6) cool air is circulated throughout the room,7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the

remote control range,8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound).

2. Wireless remote controller.1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote control signals are properly

received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).

1. Removing and installing front panel• Removal method

Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengagethe rotating shaft. Then pull the front panel toward you to remove it.




2. Removing and installing front grille• Removal method

1) Remove front panel to remove the air filter.2) Remove the front grille. (3 screws)3) In front of the mark of the front grille,

there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand.

Lightly pull the front grille toward you with one hand, and push down on the hooks with the fingers of your other hand. (3 locations)

Pushdown.

Upper hook

Upper hook



Caution1) Push up.

2) Pull toward you.Place both hands under the center of the front grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.

• Installation method1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).2) Install 3screws of the front grill.3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.

3. How to set the different addressesWhen two indoor units are installed in one room, the two wireless remote controllers can be set for different addresses.1) In the same way as when

connecting to an HA system, remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover.

2) Cut the address jumper (JA).

3) Cut the address jumper (J4).

Addr

ess

JA

AddressJAEXIST 1CUT 2

J4

AddressJ4EXIST 1CUT 2


Upper hook






Caulkpipe hole gapwith putty.

30 mm or more from ceiling

Front grille

50 mm or more from walls(on both sides)

M4 × 25L The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.

A Mounting plate

Service lid

C Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function

Tabs (upper 3 locations)

Tabs (lower 3 locations)

Opening service lidService lid is opening/closing type.Opening method

1) Remove the service lid screws.2) Lift the service lid upward.

Air filters

Insert the upper side of the Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function into the tabs (upper 3 locations),push the lower side of the filters up a little and into the tabs (lower 3 locations).

C



1) Do not hit or violently push the Intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the


Caution


F (M3 × 20L)

ERemotecontroller holder




Indoor Unit Installation1. Installing the mounting plate.

• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and mark

the boring points on the wall.2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.

Recommended mounting-plate retention spots and Dimensions

125

60 83 413.5 44.5

290

52

105099.5

5290

55

100

100


Through-the-wallhole φ80mmDrain hose position

φ80 φ80

Recommended mounting - plate retention spots (9 spots in all)

(Bolt size : M10) (Bolt size : M10)

Place a leveler on raised tab.b

Use tape measureas shown.Position the end of tape measure at ∇.

Gas pipe end Liquid pipe end


port cover

A Mounting plate




1) Bore a feed-through hole of 80 mm in the wall so it has a down slope toward the outside.



Inside Outside

Caulking

Wall embedded pipe (field supply)

Wall hole cover(field supply)

Wall embedded pipe (field supply)

φ80



Indoor Unit Installation3. Installing indoor unit.

3-1. Right-Side, Right-Back, or Right-Bottom Piping1) Attach the drain hose to the

underside of the refrigerant pipes with adhesive vinyl tape.

2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with insulation tape.


4) Open the front grille, then open the service lid. (Refer to Installation tips)

5) Pass the interconnecting wires from the outdoor unit through the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Pull them through the front side. Bend the ends of tie wires upward in advance for easier work. (If the interconnecting wire ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire ends with adhesive tape.)

6) Press the indoor unit’s bottom panel with both hands to set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure the wires do not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.

3-2. Left-Side, Left-Back, or Left Bottom Piping1) Attach the drain hose to the

underside of the refrigerant pipes with adhesive vinyl tape.


Right-bottompiping

Right-back piping




Mounting plateA

Wire guide

When stripping the ends of interconnecting wires in advance, bind right ends of wires with insulating tape.


Interconnectingwires

Mounting plateA



Left-bottom piping

Left-sidepipingLeft-backpiping


No gapDo not apply lubricating oil (refrigerant machine oil) when inserting.Application of causes deterioration and drain leakage of the plug.

Insert a hexagon wrench (4 mm)



Indoor Unit Installation3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the

mounting plate.4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole,

then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using themarkings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.

5) Pull in the interconnecting wires.6) Connect the inter-unit piping.7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with insulation

tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back of the indoor unit.

8) While exercising care so that the interconnecting wires do not catch indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to the mounting plate with screws (M4 × 12L).

3-3. Wall Embedded PipingFollow the instructions given under

1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it wont be pulled out of the drain pipe.

4. Wiring., install as described in the installation

manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.1) Strip wire ends (15 mm).2) Match wire colours with terminal

numbers on indoor and outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals.

3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals.

4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, then retain wires with wire retainer.

5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote control cable and attach the S21 connector as the illustration above.



Drainhose


tape.

A Mounting plate

Refrigerantpipes

Drain hose

Bottom frame

H M4 × 12L (2 point)

Mountingplate

A

Left-Side, Left-Back, or Left Bottom PipingInner wall


Drain hose50 mm or more


Outer wall



Terminal blockElectrical component box

Wire retainerFirmly secure wire retainer so that wires sustain no external stress.

Use the specified wire type.

123

1 2 3 L N

Safetybreaker20A

Earth leakage circuit breaker

Earth

When wire length exceeds 10 m, use 2.0-mm wires.

H05VV


Outdoor unit

Indoorunit

Powersupply50Hz 220V - 240V60Hz 220V - 230VFirmly fix the wires with

the terminal screws.

Do not use tapped wires, stand wires, extensioncords, or starbust connections, as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.

Warning



Indoor Unit Installation5. When connecting to an HA system.

1) Remove the front grille. (3 screws)2) Remove the electrical wiring box. (1 screw)3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the

harness out through the notched part in the figure.5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness

around, as shown in the figure.

Screw

HA cord

HA connector(S21)

Tab

TabPush

Slide

Push


Tab

Push

Main body

Notched part




6. Drain piping.1) Connect the drain hose, as described

below.



4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter 13 mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain socket (nominal diameter 13 mm) as a joint.




Indoor unit drain hose φ




Commercially available drain socket(nominal diameter 13 mm)

Commercially available rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe(nominal diameter 13 mm)

φ 18



, install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.

1. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with pipe cutterer.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing

downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.

1) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.

Warning

1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)

2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R-22.)

3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.

Caution



2-1. Caution on Piping Handling1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe

bender for bending.

2-2. Selection of Copper and Heat Insulation materials• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam

Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052kW/mK (0.035 to 0.045 kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.



Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring



1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch 3/8 inch

49.5-60.3N • m 61.8-75.4N • m 14.2-17.2N • m 32.7-39.9N • m

(505-615kgf • cm) (630-770kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm) (333-407kgf • cm)

Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation Liquid pipe thermal insulation

50 class

O.D. 12.7mmBending radius40mm or larger




60/71 class

O.D. 15.9mm

50/60 class

O.D. 6.4mm

71 class

O.D. 9.5mm

50 class

I.D. 14-16mm

60/71 class

I.D. 16-20mm

50/60 class

I.D. 8-10mm

Thickness 10mm Min.

Thickness 0.8m(C1220T-0)



71 class

I.D. 12-15mm


Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut



Flare nut





Spanner

[Apply oil]

[Tighten]

Refrigerant piping work



A

IMPERIAL

RIGID

1.0 mm

0.5 mm

Flaring

A

Die






1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.


programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C

to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.


1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.Use the remote control for trial operation as described below.


1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for



2. Trial Operation from Remote Controller.1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.2) Simultaneously press centor of TEMP button and MODE button.3) Press MODE button twice.



3. Test Items.

Test Items






Water leakage

Water leakage


Indoor unit properly receives remote control commands. Inoperative

Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened. Incomplete cooling/heating function




Check


C: 3P098803-12M



12.2 Outdoor Units12.2.1 Safety Precautions

Safety Precautions• Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.• This manual classifies the precautions into WARNING and CAUTION. Be sure to follow all the precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.

WARNING

CAUTION

WARNING

CAUTION

Failure to follow any of WARNING is likely to result in such grave consequences as death or serious injury.

Failure to follow any of CAUTION may result in grave consequences in some cases.

• The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual:

Be sure to observe this instruction. Be sure to establish an earth connection. Never attempt.

• After completing installation, test the unit to check for installation errors. Give the user adequate instructions concerning the use and cleaning of the unit according to the Operation Manual.

• Installation should be left to the dealer or another professional. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.

• Install the air conditioner according to the instructions given in this manual. Incomplete installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.

• Be sure to use the supplied or specified installation parts. Use of other parts may cause the unit to come to lose, water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.

• Install the air conditioner on a solid base that can support the weight of the unit. An inadequate base or incomplete installation may cause injury in the event the unit falls off the base.

• Electrical work should be carried out in accordance with the installation manual and the national electrical wiring rules or code of practice. Insufficient capacity or incomplete electrical work may cause electrical shock or fire.

• Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.

• Use the specified types of wires for electrical connections between the indoor and outdoor units. Firmly clamp the interconnecting wires so their terminals receive no external stresses. Incomplete connections or clamping may cause terminal overheating or fire.

• For wiring, use a cable length enough to cover the entire distance with no connection. Do not use an extension cord. Do not put other loads on the power supply, use a dedicated power circuit.(Failure to do so may cause abnormal heat, electric shock or fire.)

• After all installation is complete, check to make sure that no refrigerant is leaking out. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)

• Do not install the air conditioner in a place where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas leakage. If the gas leaks and builds up around the unit, it may catch fire.

• Establish drain piping according to the instructions of this manual. Inadequate piping may cause flooding.

• Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method such as with a torque wrench.If the flare nut is tightened too hard, the flare nut may crack after a long time and cause refrigerant leakage.

• Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals.Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit clean.

• After connecting interconnecting and supply wiring be sure to shape the cables so that they do not put undue force on the electrical covers or panels. Install covers over the wires. Incomplete cover installation may cause terminal overheating, electrical shock, or fire.

• When installing or relocating the system, be sure to keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified refrigerant (R410A), such as air. (Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit causes an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.)

• If any refrigerant has leaked out during the installation work, ventilate the room. (The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)

• Be sure to establish an earth. Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, arrester, or telephone earth. Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock, or fire. A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.

• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.

• During pump-down, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is still running and the stop valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the refrigerant piping is removed, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.

• During installation, attach the refrigerant piping securely before running the compressor.If the compressor is not attached and the stop valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the compressor is run, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.



12.2.2 RK(X)S 25/35 E

AccessoriesAccessories supplied with the outdoor unit:

1 1(A) Installation manual

(B) Drain plug (Heat pump-Models)

There is on the bottom packing case.

Precautions on Installation

Precautions for Selecting the Location1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will

not be amplified.2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a

nuisance to the neighbors of the user.3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is

to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)

8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air conditioner.

9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from moisture.

NOTECannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.

When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its

suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction

side may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a

baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the

snow will not affect the unit.

• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.

• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)

• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.

CAUTION

Construct a large canopy.Construct a pedestal.

Install the unit high enough off the ground to prevent burying in snow.

20



Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings

Installation Guidelines

• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation guidelines below.

• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.

574

More than 50 More than 100

Side view

1200or less

Wall facing one side

Top view


More than 150More than 100

Walls facing two sides

Unit: mm

Top view

More than 150


Walls facing three sides


In sites with poor drainage, use block bases for outdoor unit. Adjust foot height until the unit is leveled. Otherwise, water leakage or pooling of water may occur.

Where there is a danger of the unit falling, use foot bolts, or wires.

Allow space for piping and electrical servicing.

Unit: mm

How to remove the stop valve cover.Remove the screw on the stop valve cover.Slide the lid downward to remove it.

How to attach the stop valve cover.Insert the upper part of the stop valve cover into the outdoor unit to install.Tighten the screws.

Stop valve cover

* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.

** When connecting the FVXS indoor unit, the shortest piping length should be no less than around 2.5m.

Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10m in length.

Max. allowable heightMax. allowable length

15m20m

20g/m

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

O.D. 9.5mm

O.D. 6.4mm

Foot

bolt-h

ole

centr

es

311

(Foot bolt-hole centres)(From unit’s side)

105.5

250mm from wall



Outdoor Unit Installation (1)

1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor

Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.

2. Drain work (Heat pump-models).1) Use drain plug for drainage.2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place

additional foot bases of at least 30mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit.

(Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)

3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface

facing downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.



WARNING

Flare nut tightening torque Gas side Liquid side 3/8 inch 1/4 inch 32.7-39.9N • m 14.2-17.2N • m (330-407kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm)

Valve cap tightening torque Gas side Liquid side 3/8 inch 1/4 inch 21.6-27.4N • m 21.6-27.4N • m (220-280kgf • cm) (220-280kgf • cm)

Service port cap 10.8-14.7N • mtightening torque (110-150kgf • cm)


1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil

for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.


CAUTION



A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm






Drain-water hole

Bottom frame

Drain plug

Hose (available commercially,inner dia. 16mm)

Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut



Flare nut





Spanner





*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time

*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).

• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.

• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at

the specified tightening torque.

5. Purging air and checking gas leakage. • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.

1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) When refrigerant gas leaks occur, ventilate the room as soon and as much as possible.3) R410A, as well as other refrigerants, should always be recovered and never be released directly into the

environment.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants

may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.

1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.

2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi). (High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)

3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.

4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump. (Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.

5) Remove covers from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.

6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.

7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)

8) Tighten valve caps and service port caps for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.

Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres

Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.

WARNING

Compound pressure gauge

Pressure meter

High-pressure valve

Low-pressure valve

Vacuum pump Service port

Liquid stop valveValve caps

Gas stop valve

Charging hoses

Gauge manifold




In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forced cooling operation.

7. Refrigerant piping work.7-1 Cautions on pipe handling.

1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending.

7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam




• Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.

Wall



Rain

6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.

1) When pressing the switch, do not touch the terminal block. It has a high voltage, so doing so may cause electric shock.2) After closing the liquid stop valve, close the gas stop valve within three minutes, then stop the forced operation.

CAUTION

How to force cooling operation modeUsing the indoor unit operation/stop buttonPress the indoor unit operation/stop button for at least five seconds. (Operation will start.)

• Forced cooling operation will stop automatically after around 15 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the indoor unit operation/stop button.

Using the main unit’s remote controller1) Press the “operation/stop” button. (Operation will start.)2) Press the temperature button and the “operation select” button at the same time.3) Press the “operation select” button twice. ( will be displayed and the unit will enter test run mode.)4) Press the “operation select” button to return the operation mode to cooling.

• Test run mode will stop automatically after around 30 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the operation/stop button.

Pump Down Operation

Gas side Liquid sideGas pipe

thermal insulationLiquid pipe

thermal insulation

O.D. 9.5mm


kness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)

I.D. 12-15mm I.D. 8-10mm

Thickness 10mm Min.

O.D. 6.4mm

1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not. (It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)

Filling a cylinder with an attached siphon

Stand the cylinder upright when filling.

There is a siphon pipe inside, so the cylinder need not be upside-down to fill with liquid.

Filling other cylinders

Turn the cylinder upside-down when filling.

Gas stop valve

Valve cap

Hexagonal wrench

Close

Liquid stop valve

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring



Wiring

• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between the

indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.

3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.

Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.

1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause overheating, electrical shock, or fire.


3) Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leakage breaker capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage breaker itself.)

4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.

When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.

WARNING

CAUTION

123

1 2 3

Safety breaker


Earth

H05VV


Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Power supply50Hz 220V-240V 60Hz 220V-230V


L NWhen wire length exceeds 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.

Use 2.0mm diameter wires.

Stranded Wire

Round crimp-styleterminal

Strip wire endto this point.

Excessive strip lengthmay cause electricalshock or leakage.

Good Wrong

Stripping wire at terminal block

1 2 3

1 2 3

Use the specified wire type and connect it securely.

Firmly secure wire retainer so wire terminations will not receive external stress.

Shape wires so that the service lid and stop valve cover fit securely.

Power supplyterminal block

RX(K)SRYNRXG

10A

Safety breaker

15A



Test Run and Final Check

1. Trial operation and testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in eitr cooling or heating mode.

For heat pump • In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest

programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,

20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.

For cooling only • Select the lowest programmable temperature.

1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.




2. Test items.

Test items






Water leakage

Water leakage



Inoperative





Symptom

(diagnostic display on RC)Check

C: 3P208365-6A



12.2.3 RK(X)S 50/60 F

Accessories

Precautions for Selecting the Location


1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be amplified.

2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to the neighbors of the user.

3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is





•

•

•

Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after installed.In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.

Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:


suction side facing the wall.2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side

may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a



CAUTION

(A) Installation manual





20

1 1







(Foot bolt-h

ole

centre

s)

(Foot bolt-hole centres)

580mm

330mm

120mm(From unit’s side)

In sites with poor drainage, use block bases for outdoor unit. Adjust foot height until the unit is leveled. Otherwise, water leakage or pooling of water may occur.


Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishingtape from bottom to top.

CAUTIONSet the piping length from 1.5m to 30m.

Service lid

Stop valve cover


250mm from wall

Unit: mm

More than 50 More than 50Top view



Top view

More than100

More than 50


More than 350


Side view

1200or less


Model

Max. allowable height

Max. allowable length 30m

20m

50/60 class 71 class

Min. allowable length 1.5m

Liquid pipe

Gas pipe

O.D. 6.4mm

O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm

20g/m





1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor

Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.

2. Drain work.1) Use drain plug for drainage.2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place

additional foot bases of at least 30mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit.



3. Flaring the pipe end.1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface

facing downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.



WARNING

Service port cap tightening torque10.8-14.7N m

(110-150kgf cm)

Valve cap tightening torque


1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch

48.1-59.7N m

(490-610kgf cm)

44.1-53.9N m

(450-550kgf cm)

21.6-27.4N m

(220-280kgf cm)




49.5-60.3N m

(505-615kgf cm)

61.8-75.4N m

(630-770kgf cm)

14.2-17.2N m

(144-175kgf cm)

1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil

for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.


CAUTION

Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut



Flare nut





Spanner




A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm






Drain-water hole

Bottom frame

Drain plug








• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at


5. Purging air and checking gas leakage.When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.

1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) When refrigerant gas leaks occur, ventilate the room as soon and as much as possible.3) R410A, as well as other refrigerants, should always be recovered and never be released directly into the environment.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants






5) Remove valve caps from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.



8) Tighten valve caps and service port cap for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.



WARNING

Gauge manifold

Compound pressure gauge

Pressure meter

Low-pressure valve

High-pressure valve

Charging hoses

Vacuum pump

Valve caps

Service port

Liquid stop valve

Gas stop valve




Pump Down Operation




Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh°C)Refrigerant gas pipe's surface temperature reaches 110°C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.


In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve caps from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a

hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and

stop forced cooling operation.

Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling.

Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again to stop forced cooling.



6. Refilling the refrigerant.Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.Precautions when adding R410AFill from the liquid pipe in liquid form.It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not.

(It should have something like "liquid filling siphon attached" displayed on it.)

50/60class

50/60class

O.D. 12.7mm






71 class

O.D. 15.9mm


Thickness 10mm Min.

O.D. 6.4mmI.D.

14-16mm

71 class

I.D.16-20mm

I.D. 8-10mm

Gas sideLiquid side

Gas pipe thermalinsulation Liquid pipe

thermal insulation






Gas stop valve Valve cap

Hexagonal wrench

Close

Liquid stop valve

Service port

Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring

LED-A

SW4ON

AB

CD

S102

SW1

S2

Forced operation switch



Wiring

• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between

the indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.

• Ground terminal installation Use the following method when installing the round crimp-style terminal.


Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction. Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place.



3) Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)



WARNING

CAUTION


Electric Wire


123

1 2 3

Safety breaker 20A


Earth

H05VV


Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Power supply50Hz 220V-240V 60Hz 220V-230V 50Hz 220V-240V : FV1A

:






Power supply terminal block

L N1 2 3


Good Wrong

Round crimp-style terminal

Flat washer

Screw

Flat washer


Screw

FVMF(A)VMA






programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,

20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.



1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and parts, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for

some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the

original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.

2. Test Items.

Test Items






Water leakage

Water leakage



Inoperative





Symptom Check

C: 3P192027-7C



12.2.4 RK(X)S 71 F, RXS 80 F

Accessories















(B) Drain socket assy (HEAT PUMP ONLY)








CAUTION

20









20m

Model 71/80 class

Liquid pipe

Gas pipe

O.D. 6.4mm

O.D. 15.9mm

20g/m




More than 50

Morethan 100

More than 350

1200or less

More than 50

More than 350


25cm from wall


Right side plate

35cm

Clamping material

Insulation tube

Service lidTape

Also insulate the connection on the outdoor unit.

Use tape or insulating material on all connections to prevent air from getting in between the copper piping and the insulation tube.Be sure to do this if the outdoor unit is installed above.

(Foot bolt-h

ole

centre

s)(Foot bolt-hole centres)

62cm

Level mounting base (available separately)

If there is the danger of the unit falling or overturning, fix the unit with foundation bolts, or with wire or other means.

If the location does not have good drainage, place the unit on a level mounting base (or a plastic pedestal). Install the outdoor unit in a level position. Failure to do so may result in water leakage or accumulation.


Allow 30cm of work space below the ceiling surface.

More than 100

Side view


Top view


Unit: mm

Top view

More than 100






1. Installing outdoor unit.1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings”.2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.

2. Drain work.• Use drain plug for drainage.• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain

hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III. After insertion, turn them about 40° clockwise.

3) Connect vinyl hose on the market (internal diameter of 25mm) to drain socket (A).(If the hose is too long and hangs down, fix it carefully to prevent the kinks.)

NOTEIf the drain holes of the outdoor unit are covered with the mounting bracket or the floor, raise the unit to provide the space of more than 100mm under the leg of the outdoor unit.





WARNING

Liquid side1/4 inch

14.2-17.2N • m(144-175kgf • cm)

Gas side5/8 inch

61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)

Flare nut tightening torqueLiquid side

1/4 inch21.6-27.4N • m

(220-280kgf • cm)

Gas side5/8 inch

48.1-59.7N • m(490-610kgf • cm)


10.8-14.7N • m (110-150kgf • cm)Service port cap tightening torque

CAUTION



A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm






(C) Drain receiver

(A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap

(Be sure not to insert them into wrong drain holes, or there causes water leakage.)

(View from bottom)




Flare nut



[Apply oil]

Torque wrench

Pipingunion

Flare nut

Spanner

[Tighten]

III

III







• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at the specified tightening torque.


1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants



2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi).(High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)


4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump.(Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.







WARNING




Pump Down Operation


(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)





Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.


In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a

hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop

forced cooling operation.

Forced cooling operation1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again

to stop forced cooling.


Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation




Bending radius30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.

O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 8-10mm


Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring

LED-A

SW4ON

AB

CD

S102

SW1

S2


Close

valve cap

Hexagonal wrench

Service port

Liquid stop valve

Gas stop valve








Wiring

• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.

1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).2) Connect the connection wires between



Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place.




3) Be sure to install an earth leakage bleaker. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leakage bleaker capable handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage bleaker itself.)



WARNING

CAUTION


Stranded wire


123

1 2 3

Safety breaker 20A


Earth

60245 IEC57


Outdoor unit

Indoorunit

Power supply50Hz 220-240V60Hz 220-230V50Hz 220-240V : FV1A




Good Wrong


Flat washer

Screw

Flat washer


Screw




L N1 2 3


: FVMA




1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in cooling or heating mode.



to 24˚C in heating mode).3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.






2. Test Items.






Water leakage

Water leakage



Inoperative





Test items Symptom Check

C: 3P229455-2A



12.2.5 RXS 80/90 H

Accessories





3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets.

This is to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)









(B) Drain socket assy (HEAT PUMP ONLY)








CAUTION

20










20m

Model 71 class 80/90 class

2m

50g/m

O.D. 9.5mm

60 class

Liquid pipe

Gas pipe

O.D. 6.4mm

O.D. 15.9mmO.D. 12.7mm

20g/m



More than 50

Morethan 100

More than 350

1200or less

More than 50

More than 350



25cm from wall


Right side plate

35cm

Clamping material

Insulation tube

Service lidTape



(Foot bolt-h

ole

centre


62cm




More than 100

Side view


Top view


Unit: mm

Top view

More than 100



CAUTIONSet the piping length from 1.5m or 2m to 30m.





2. Drain work.• Use drain plug for drainage.• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.

• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)

1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.

2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III.After insertion, turn them about 40° clockwise.



4. Refrigerant piping.1) Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4

turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.• Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent

damage to the flare nuts and escaping gas.2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil on both inner and

outer surfaces of the flare.




WARNING

Liquid side71/80/90 class5/8 inch

61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)

60 class1/2 inch

49.5-60.3N • m(505-615kgf • cm)

80/90 class3/8 inch

32.7-39.9N • m(333-407kgf • cm)

60/71 class1/4 inch

14.2-17.2N • m(144-175kgf • cm)


Valve cap tightening torque Gas side Liquid side 48.1-59.7N • m 21.6-27.4N • m

(490-610kgf • cm) (220-280kgf • cm)

Service port cap 10.8-14.7N • mtightening torque (110-150kgf • cm)

Gas side

Coat here with refrigeration oil

Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut

Spanner



A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm






(C) Drain receiver



(View from bottom)

III

III





















WARNING




Pump Down Operation


(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)














Thickness 10mm Min.

71/80/90 classO.D. 15.9mm

60 classO.D. 12.7mmBending radius40mm or larger



60 classI.D. 14-16mm

71/80/90 classI.D. 16-20mm

60/71 classO.D. 6.4mm

80/90 classO.D. 9.5mm

60/71 classI.D. 8-10mm

80/90 classI.D. 12-15mm





Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring

LED-A

SW4ON

AB

CD

S102

SW1

S2


Close

valve cap

Hexagonal wrench

Service port

Liquid stop valve

Gas stop valve








Wiring












WARNING

CAUTION


Electric Wire


123

1 2 3

Safety breaker 20A


Earth

60245 IEC57


Outdoor unit

Indoorunit

Power supply50Hz 220-240V60Hz 220-230V




Good Wrong


Flat washer

Screw

Flat washer


Screw




L N1 2 3














2. Test Items.






Water leakage

Water leakage



Inoperative






C: 3P229455-1



12.2.6 RXS 100 H

Accessories











• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four sets of M12 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)




(B) Drain socket assy








CAUTION

20










20m

Model 100 class

Liquid pipe

Gas pipe

O.D. 9.5mm

O.D. 15.9mm

50g/m



More than 50

Morethan 100

More than 350

1200or less

More than 50

More than 350



25cm from wallAllow space for piping and electrical servicing.

Right side plate

34.5cm

Clamping material

Insulation tube

Service lidTape



(Foot bolt-h

ole

centre


62cm




More than 100

Side view


Top view


Unit: mm

Top view

More than 100








2. Drain work.• Use drain plug for drainage.• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain

hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III. After insertion, turn them about 40˚ clockwise.


(View from bottom)







WARNING

Liquid side3/8 inch

32.7-39.9N • m(333-407kgf • cm)

Gas side5/8 inch

61.8-75.4N • m(630-770kgf • cm)

Flare nut tightening torqueLiquid side

3/8 inch21.6-27.4N • m

(220-280kgf • cm)

Gas side5/8 inch

48.1-59.7N • m(490-610kgf • cm)


10.8-14.7N • m (110-150kgf • cm)Service port cap tightening torque

CAUTION1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.




A

Flaring

Die A 0-0.5mm

Clutch-type


1.0-1.5mm


1.5-2.0mm






(C) Drain receiver


III

III


Flare nut



[Apply oil]

Torque wrench

Pipingunion

Flare nut

Spanner

[Tighten]





















WARNING




Pump Down Operation


(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.) • Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.

















Thickness 10mm Min.

O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 9.5mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 12-15mm


Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring

LED-A

SW4ON

AB

CD

S102

SW1

S2


Close

valve cap

Hexagonal wrench

Service port

Liquid stop valve

Gas stop valve








Wiring













CAUTION

WARNING

Electric Wire


123

1 2 3

Safety breaker 20A


Earth

60245 IEC57


Outdoor unit

Indoorunit

Power supply50Hz 220-240V60Hz 220-230V




Good Wrong


Flat washer

Screw

Flat washer


Screw




L N1 2 3






• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest programmable temperature.1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C


2. Test Items.






Water leakage

Water leakage



Inoperative






C: 3P229966-1



12.2.7 RXS 50 B


Precautions for Selecting the Location1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be

amplified.2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to

the neighbors of the user.3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is to

prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)






may be exposed directly to wind.3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a baffle

plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the snow

will not affect the unit.



• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20 mm from the foundation surface.• When installing the unit on the frame, fix water proof plate within 150 mm from the bottom of the unit to prevent

water from entering.


Accessories

1 1(A) Installation manuals



20



Caution




• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200 mm or less.



(Foot bolt-h

ole

centre

s)

(Foot bolt-hole centres)

580mm

330mm

120mm(From unit’s side)

Service lid


In sites with poor drainage, use block bases for outdoor unit.Adjust foot height until the unit is leveled. Otherwise, water leakage or pooling of water may occur.



Side view

1200or less


More than 350

Top view

Morethan 100

Top view Unit: mm

More than100

More than 50

Wall facing one side Walls facing two sides


Morethan 350

Model


Max. allowable length 30 m

20 m

60 class50 class 71 class

Min. allowable length 1.5 m

Liquid pipe

Gas pipe

O.D. 6.4 mm

O.D. 12.7 mm O.D. 15.9 mm

20g/m

Additional refrigerant required for refrigerant pipe exceeding 10 m in length.

Wrap the insulation pipe with the finishingtape from bottom to top.

250 mm from wall

CAUTIONSet the piping length to 1.5m or longer.



Outdoor Unit Installation1. Installing Outdoor Unit

1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings.”

2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.

2. Drain Work1) Use drain plug for drainage.2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional

foot bases of at least 30 mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit.


3. Flaring the Pipe End1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing downward

so that the chips do not enter the pipe.3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.4) Flare the pipe.5) Check that the flaring is properly made.

4. Refrigerant Piping


Drain-water hole

Bottom frame

Drain plug


10.8~14.7N • m (110~150kgf • cm)Service port cap tightening torque

Warning


Caution




48.1~59.7N • m

(490~610kgf • cm)

44.1~53.9N • m

(450~550kgf • cm)

21.6~27.4N • m

(220~280kgf • cm)




49.5~60.3N • m

(505~615kgf • cm)

61.8~75.4N • m

(630~770kgf • cm)

14.2~17.2N • m

(144~175kgf • cm)



A

Flaring

Die




A 0 ~ 0.5 mm

Clutch-type

Flare tool for R-410A

1.0 ~ 1.5 mm


1.5 ~ 2.0 mm




Torque wrench

Piping union

Flare nut



Flare nut





Spanner







• Use a hexagonal wrench (4 mm) to operate the shut-off valve rod.• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at


Outdoor Unit Installation5. Purging Air and Checking Gas Leakage • When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.

1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants may

damage the vacuum pump or the unit.

1) Connect projection side (on which worm pin is pressed) of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas shut-off valve’s service port.

Gaugemanifold

Compoundpressure gauge

Pressure meter

Low-pressurevalve

High-pressurevalve

Charginghoses

Vacuum pump

Valve lids

Service port

Liquidshut-offvalve

Gasshut-offvalve


3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76 cmHg)*1.


5) Remove valve lids from liquid shut-off value and gas shut-off valve.

6) Turn the liquid shut-off valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.

7) Disconnect charging hose from gas shut-off valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas shut-off valves.(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)

8) Tighten valve lids and service port cap for the liquid and gas shut-off valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.



Warning



Outdoor Unit Installation

Pump Down Operation

6. Refrigerant Piping Work6-1 Cautions on Pipe Handling

1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender

for bending.

6-2 Selection of Copper and Heat Insulation materialsWhen using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam

Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045 kcal/mh˚C)Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.


In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.1) Remove the valve lids from liquid shut-off valve and gas shut-off valve.2) Carry out forced cooling operation.3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid shut-off valve with a

hexagonal wrench.4) After two to three minutes, close the gas shut-off valve and

stop forced cooling operation.




Wall



Rain

Gas pipeLiquid pipe

Gas pipe insulation



Inter-unit wiring

Gas shut-off valve Valve lid

Hexagonal wrench

Close

Liquid shut-off valve

Service port

50/60/71class

50/60class 71 class 50/60/71

class50/60class 71 class

O.D.12.7mm







Thickness 10mm Min.

O.D.15.9mm

O.D.6.4mm

I.D.14-16mm

I.D.16-20mm

I.D.8-10mm

Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermalinsulation

Liquid pipe thermalinsulation

A B C

ON

SW4

LED-AS52


SW1

S2

1A1 2 3



• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20 mm).2) Connect the connection wires between the

indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten the screws.


Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.(Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.)






1 2 3



Power supplyterminal block

Shape wires so that the service lid and shut-off valve cover fit securely.

Electric Wire


123

1 2 3 L N

Safetybreaker20A


Earth

When wire length exceeds 10 m, use 2.0-mm wires.

H05VV


Outdoor unit

Indoorunit

Powersupply50Hz 220-240V 60Hz 220-230V


Warning

Caution


Strip wire endto this point.

Excessive strip lengthmay cause electricalshock or leakage.

Good Wrong

Wiring



1. Trial Operation and Testing.1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.






1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and parts, are working properly.• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for



2. Test Items.

Test Items






Water leakage

Water leakage


Indoor unit properly receives remote control commands.

Inoperative

Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened.




Symptom Check


C: 3P098803-12M


Operation Manual ED04-910

13.Operation Manual13.1 Safety Precautions

2

READ BEFORE OPERATION

Safety precautions• Keep this manual where the operator can easily find them.• Read this manual attentively before starting up the unit.• For safety reason the operator must read the following cautions carefully.• This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION. Be sure to follow all precautions

below: they are all important for ensuring safety.

WARNING• In order to avoid fire, explosion or injury, do not operate the unit when harmful, among which flammable or

corrosive gases, are detected near the unit.• It is not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time.• Do not put a finger, a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet. As the fan is rotating at a high speed, it will

cause injury.• Do not attempt to repair, relocate, modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself. Incorrect work will cause electric

shocks, fire etc. For repairs and reinstallation, consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information.

• The refrigerant used in the air conditioner is safe. Although leaks should not occur, if for some reason any refrigerant happens to leak into the room, make sure it does not come in contact with any flame as of gas heaters, kerosene heaters or gas range.

• If the air conditioner is not cooling (heating) properly, the refrigerant may be leaking, so call your dealer.When carrying out repairs accompanying adding refrigerant, check the content of the repairs with our service staff.

• Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by your self. Incorrect work will result in water leakage, electric shocks or fire. For installation, consult the dealer or a qualified technician.

• In order to avoid electric shock, fire or injury, if you detect any abnormally such as smell of fire, stop the operation and turn off the breaker. And call your dealer for instructions.

• Depending on the environment, an earth leakage breaker must be installed. Lack of an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks or fire.

CAUTION• The air conditioner must be earthed. Incomplete earthing may result in electric shocks. Do not connect the

earth line to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or a telephone earth line.

• In order to avoid any quality deterioration, do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments, food, plants, animals or works of art.

• Never expose little children, plants or animals directly to the air flow.• Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the

indoor unit. It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat.

WARNINGIf you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life.

CAUTIONIf you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may cause minor or moderate property damage or personal injury.

Never do. Be sure to follow the instructions.

Be sure to earth the air conditioner.Never cause the air conditioner (including the remote controller) to get wet.

Never touch the air conditioner (including the remote controller) with a wet hand.


ED04-910 Operation Manual

3

• Do not block air inlets nor outlets. Impaired air flow may result in insufficient performance or trouble.• Do not stand or sit on the outdoor unit. Do not place any object on the unit to avoid injury, do not remove the fan guard.• Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture. In certain conditions,

moisture in the air may condense and drip.• After a long use, check the unit stand and fittings for damage.• Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit. It may cause injury.• The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision.• Young children shuld be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.

• To avoid oxygen deficiency, ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the air conditioner.

• Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation, turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord.• Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one as specified. It may cause trou-

ble or fire.• Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage. Incomplete draining may cause wetting of the building, furniture

etc.• Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and do not let leaves and other debris accumulate around

the unit. Leaves are a hotbed for small animals which can enter the unit. Once in the unit, such animals can cause malfunc-tions, smoke or fire when making contact with electrical parts.

• Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands.

• Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water, only use a slightly wet cloth.• Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit. Water may pene-

trate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations, resulting in an electric shock.

To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments, consult the dealer.• Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs.• Salty environment such as coastal areas.• Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs.• Places where snow may block the outdoor unit.

The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage.

For installation, choose a place as described below.• A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or vibration.• A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not annoy

your neighbours.

• For power supply, be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner.

• Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills. Please consult the dealer if reloca-tion is necessary for moving or remodeling

Installation site.

Consider nuisance to your neighbours from noises.

Electrical work.

System relocation.



13.2 FTK(X)S 25/35 G

4

Names of parts

Indoor Unit



5

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit1. Air filter

2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter:• These filters are attached to the inside of the air

filters.

3. Air inlet

4. Front panel

5. Panel tab

6. Room temperature sensor:• It senses the air temperature around the unit.

7. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:• It detects the movements of people and auto-

matically switches between normal operation and energy saving operation. (page 18.)

8. Display

9. Air outlet

10. Flaps (horizontal blades): (page 12.)

11. Louvres (vertical blades):• The louvres are inside of the air outlet.

(page 13.)

12. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch: (page 10.)• Push this switch once to start operation.

Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refers to the following

table.

• This switch is useful when the remote controller is missing.

13. Operation lamp (green)14. TIMER lamp (Yellow): (page 20.)15. INTELLIGENT EYE lamp (green): (page 18.)

16. Signal receiver:• It receives signals from the remote controller.• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a

short beep.• Operation start .............beep-beep• Settings changed..........beep• Operation stop ..............beeeeep

Outdoor Unit

17. Air inlet: (Back and side)

18. Air outlet

19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable

20. Drain hose

21. Earth terminal:• It is inside of this cover.

22. Outside air temperature sensor:• It senses the ambient temperature around the

unit.

Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.

ModeTemperature

settingAir flow

rateFTK COOL 22°C AUTOFTX AUTO 25°C AUTO



6

Remote Controller

1. Signal transmitter:• It sends signals to the indoor unit.

2. Display:• It displays the current settings.

(In this illustration, each section is shown with all its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.)

3. ECONO button:ECONO operation (page 16.)

4. POWERFUL button:POWERFUL operation (page 14.)

5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons:• It changes the temperature setting.

6. ON/OFF button:• Press this button once to start operation.

Press once again to stop it.7. MODE selector button:

• It selects the operation mode.(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)

8. QUIET button: OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation (page 15.)

9. FAN setting button:• It selects the air flow rate setting.

10. SWING button: (page 12.)11. MOLD PROOF button:

• MOLD PROOF operation (page 17.)12. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE oper-

ation (page 18.)13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)15. TIMER Setting button:

• It changes the time setting.16. TIMER CANCEL button:

• It cancels the timer setting.17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)18. RESET button:

• Restart the unit if it freezes.• Use a thin object to push.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL

MODE FAN SWINGQUIET SENSOR

ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

1

2

5

6

910

12

11

16

1817

13

15

14

<ARC433B46, B47>

3

4

7

8



7

Preparation Before Operation

To set the batteries

1. Slide the front cover to take it off.

2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).

3. Set the front cover as before.

ATTENTIONAbout batteries• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries

together.• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to fade or if

reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Do not use manganese batteries.• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.

The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.



8


To operate the remote controller• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter

at the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote control-ler, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.

• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.• The maximum distance for communication is

about 7m.

To fix the remote controller holder on the wall

1. Choose a place from where the sig-nals reach the unit.

2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the screws supplied with the holder.

3. Place the remote controller in the remote controller holder.

ATTENTIONAbout remote controller• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as

inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote control signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to some-

where else, or consult the shop.



9

To set the clock

1. Press “CLOCK button”.

is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the present time.Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rap-idly increases or decreases the time dis-play.


blinks.

Turn the breaker ON• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then

closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)

NOTETips for saving energy• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.

Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy.• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.

Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them

once in about every two weeks.Please note• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.

• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system .

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL

MODE FAN SWINGSENSOR

ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 3

2

Recommended temperature setting

For cooling:26°C – 28°CFor heating:20°C – 24°C

Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range

COOL Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.

• A safety device may work to stop the operation.(In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)

• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.

HEAT Outdoor temperature:–10 to 20˚CIndoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C

• A safety device may work to stop the operation.

DRY Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.

• A safety device may work to stop the operation.• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.



10

AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN OperationThe air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice.From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.

To start operation

1. Press “MODE selector button” and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances the

mode setting in sequence.

: AUTO

: DRY

: COOL

: HEAT

: FAN

2. Press “ON/OFF button” .• The OPERATION lamp lights up.

To stop operation3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.

• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.

To change the temperature setting4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.

DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode

The temperature setting is not variable.

Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press

“ ” to lower the temperature.

Set to the temperature you like.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

2, 31

4

5



11

To change the air flow rate setting

5. Press “FAN setting button”.

• Indoor unit quiet operation

When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.

The unit might lose capacity when the air flow rate is set to a weak level.

NOTE

DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode

The air flow rate setting is not variable.

Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”

plus “ ” “ ” are available.

Note on HEAT operation• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating

capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is rec-ommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.

• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.

• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.

• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.Note on COOL operation• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the

outside temperature is high, performance drops.Note on DRY operation• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as

much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.

Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT) based on

the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to user-

setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting

you like.Note on air flow rate setting• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.



12

Adjusting the Air Flow DirectionYou can adjust the air flow direction to increase your com-fort.

To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps)

1. Press “SWING button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the

flaps will begin to swing.

2. When the flaps have reached the desired position, press “SWING button” once more.• The flaps will stop moving.

• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET1, 2



13

To adjust the vertical blades (louvres)

Hold the knob and move the louvres.(You will find a knob on the left-side and the right-side blades.)

• When the unit is installed in the corner of a room, the direction of the louvers should be facing away from the wall.If they face the wall, the wall will block off the wind, causing the cooling (or heating) efficiency to drop.

Notes on flaps and louvres angles• When “ SWING button ” is selected, the flaps

swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)

• If the unit is operated after being stopped with the flaps pointed down in cooling or dry opera-tion, the flaps will automatically move to a hor-izontal position after about one hour to prevent condensation from forming on them.

ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps

angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.

• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.



14

POWERFUL OperationPOWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity .

To start POWERFUL operation

1. Press “POWERFUL button”.• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.

Then the system automatically operates again with the settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.

• When using POWERFUL operation, there are some functions which are not available.

• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

To cancel POWERFUL operation

2. Press “POWERFUL button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

NOTENotes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO or QUIET Operation.

Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation

stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.• In COOL and HEAT mode

To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.

• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the air flow rate is slightly increased .

• In FAN modeThe air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



15

OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET OperationOUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is conve-nient during night.

To start OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation

1. Press “QUIET button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation

2. Press “QUIET button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

NOTENote on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• If using a multi system, this function will work only when the OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET

operation is set on all operated indoor units.• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.

(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation cannot be used at the

same time.Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



16

ECONO OperationECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by lowering the maximum power con-sumption value.

To start ECONO operation

1. Press “ECONO button” .• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

To cancel ECONO opera-tion

2. Press “ECONO button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

NOTE• ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop

button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.• ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power

consumption of the outdoor unit (operating frequency).• ECONO operation functions in AUTO, COOL, DRY, and HEAT modes.• POWERFUL operation and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time.

Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.• Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used, when the level of

power consumption is already low.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



17

MOLD PROOF OperationMOLD PROOF operation is a function which reduces the spread of mold by using Fan mode to lower the humidity inside the indoor unit.

To set MOLD PROOF operation

1. Press and hold the MOLD PROOF button for two seconds.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

To cancel MOLD PROOF operation

2. Press and hold the MOLD PROOF button for two seconds one more time.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

NOTE• MOLD PROOF operation will operate for approximately one hour after dry or cooling mode

is turned off.• This function is not designed to remove existing dust or mold.• MOLD PROOF operation is not available when the unit is turned off using the OFF TIMER.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



18

INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which detects the human movement.

To start INTELLIGENT EYE operation

1. Press “SENSOR button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation

2. Press “SENSOR button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

[EX.]

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET1, 2

When somebody in the room

• Normal operation

When nobody in the room

• 20 min. after, start energy saving operation.

Somebody back in the room

• Back to normal operation.



19

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving

Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”

CAUTION

Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +2°C in dry mode from set temperature.• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)

• Application range is as follows.

• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of pass-

ersby, temperature range, etc.• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of

mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.

• Do not place large objects near the sensor.Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.

• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.



20

TIMER OperationTimer functions are useful for automatically switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.

To use OFF TIMER opera-tion• Check that the clock is correct.

If not, set the clock to the present time. (page 9.)

1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.

is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases

or decreases the time setting by 10 min-utes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.

3. Press “OFF TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.

To cancel the OFF TIMER operation

4. Press “CANCEL button”.• The TIMER lamp goes off.

NOTE• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled when

remote controller batteries are replaced.)• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the time

entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)

NIGHT SET MODEWhen the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5˚C up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

42

1, 3



21

To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set

the clock to the present time (page 9.).

1. Press “ON TIMER button”.

is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button

increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either but-ton changes the setting rapidly.

3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.• The TIMER lamp lights up.

To cancel ON TIMER operation

4. Press “CANCEL button”.• The TIMER lamp goes off.

To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.

ATTENTIONIn the following cases, set the timer again.• After a breaker has turned OFF.• After a power failure.• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.

TEMPON/OFF

POWERFUL


ECONO

MOLD PROOF

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

2

1, 3

4



24

Care and CleaningCAUTION

Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller

1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.

Front panel1. Open the front panel.

• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it unitl it stops with a click.

2. Remove the front panel.• Lift the front panel up, slide it slightly to the

right, and remove it from the horizontal axle.

3. Clean the front panel.• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.• Only neutral detergent may be used.• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with

cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.

4. Attach the front panel.• Set the 2 keys of the front panel into the slots and

push them in all the way.• Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at

the 3 points.( 1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)

CAUTION

Units

• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully. • When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40˚C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, pol-

ishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.

Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and turn the breaker OFF.



25

1. Open the front panel. (page 24.)

2. Pull out the air filters.• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air

filter, then pull it down.

3. Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and

unhook the four claws.

4. Clean or replace each filter.See figure.

5. Set the air filter and Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel.• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel.

Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3 points. (1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)

Air Filter1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with

vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent

thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.The Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.

[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neu-

tral cleaning agent.3. Do not remove filter from frame when washing with water.4. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.5. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter

when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]

1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.

Filters

Air filter


Filter frame

Tab



26

NOTE

Check

Before a long idle period

1. Operate the “Fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE selector button” and select “Fan”operation.

• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.

2. After operation stops, turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner.

3. Clean the air filters and set them again.

4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.

• Operation with dirty filters: (1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air. (3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.

• To order Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter contact to the service shop there you bought the air conditioner.

• Dispose of old filters as burnable waste.

Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.

Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.

Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the ser-

vice shop if this is the case.

Item Part No.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. (without frame) 1 set KAF970A46



27

Trouble Shooting

The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.

These cases are not troubles.

Case ExplanationOperation does not start soon.• When ON/OFF button was

pressed soon after operation was stopped.

• When the mode was reselected.

• This is to protect the air conditioner.You should wait for about 3 minutes.

Hot air does not flow out soon after the start of heating operation.

• The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes.(The system is designed to start discharging air only after it has reached a certain temperature.)

The heating operation stops suddenly and a flowing sound is heard.

• The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes.

The outdoor unit emits water or steam.

In HEAT mode• The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam

when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.In COOL or DRY mode• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool

surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.

Mist comes out of the indoor unit.

This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold air flow during cooling operation.

The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the air flow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)

The outdoor fan rotates while the air conditioner is not in operation.

After operation is stopped:• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60

seconds for system protection.While the air conditioner is not in operation:• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor

fan starts rotating for system protection.

The operation stopped suddenly.(OPERATION lamp is on.)

For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.



28

Please check again before calling a repair person.

Check again.

Case CheckThe air conditioner does not operate.(OPERATION lamp is off.)

• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?

• Isn’t it a power failure?

• Are batteries set in the remote controller?

• Is the timer setting correct?

Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?

• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and the outdoor units?

• Is the temperature setting appropriate?

• Are the windows and doors closed?

• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?

• Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode?(page 18.)

Operation stops suddenly.(OPERATION lamp flashes.)

• Are the air filters clean?

• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.

An abnormal functioninghappens during operation.

• The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.



29

WARNINGWhen an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.

Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.

Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.

If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.

In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.The maintenance cost must be born by the user.

Call the service shop immediately.

After a power failureThe air conditioner automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes. You should just wait for a while.

LightningIf lightning may strike the neighbouring area, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.

We recommend periodical maintenance.

3P232468-7



13.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS 80 G

4

Names of parts

Indoor Unit

12

43

10 11 97

8

15

12

13

14

16

6

5



5

Outdoor Unit


2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

3. Air inlet

4. Front panel

5. Panel tab

6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:• It detects the movements of people and

automatically switches between normal operation and energy saving operation. (page 18.)


8. Display

9. Air outlet

10. Flap (horizontal blade): (page 12.)

11. Louvers (vertical blades):• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.

(page 12.)

12. Operation lamp (green)

13. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)

14. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE

Operation. (page 16.)

15. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:• Push this switch once to start operation.

Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refer to the following table.




Outdoor Unit17. Air inlet: (Back and side)

18. Air outlet


20. Drain hose



19

20

2118

17

19

20

21

17

18

50/60 class 71/80/90 class

ModeTemperature

settingAir flow

rateFTKS COOL 22°C AUTOFTXS AUTO 25°C AUTO



6

Remote Controller




3. HOME LEAVE button: HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.)

4. POWERFUL button: POWERFUL operation (page 14.)




• It selects the operation mode.(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)


9. FAN setting button:• It selects the air flow rate setting.

10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE operation (page 18.)

11. SWING button: (page 12.)• Flap (Horizontal blade)

12. SWING button: (page 12.)• Louver (Vertical blades)

13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)15. TIMER Setting button:




QUIET

1

2

5

6

911

< ARC433B70, B71 >

3

4

7

81012

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF 16

181715

14

13



7








reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces the lifespan.

• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.

+–

–+

2

3

1

Position + and – correctly!



8


To operate the remote controller• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at

the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.


about 7m.


1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit.




inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to

somewhere else, or consult the shop.

Receiver


Set.

To remove, pull it upwards.



9

To set the clock


is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the present time.

Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.


blinks.







• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system .

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 3

2




COOL Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.

• A safety device may work to stop the operation. (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)




DRY Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.




10


To start operation1. Press “MODE selector button”

and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances the


: AUTO

: DRY

: COOL

: HEAT

: FAN

2. Press “ON/OFF button”.• The OPERATION lamp lights up.









TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

2, 31

4

5

<FTKS>

<FTXS>



11

To change the air flow rate setting



When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.

The unit might lose capacity when the air flow rate is set to a weak level.

NOTE

DRY mode AUTO or HEAT or COOL or FAN mode

The air flow rate setting is not variable.

Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”



capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.






Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation mode

(COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to

user-setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting

you like.Note on air flow rate setting• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.



12

Adjusting the Air Flow DirectionYou can adjust the air flow direction to increase your comfort.

To adjust the horizontal blade (flap)

1. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the


2. When the flap has reached the desired position, press “SWING button ” once more.• The flap will stop moving.


To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)

3. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button ” once more.• The louvers will stop moving.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET1, 2

3, 4



13

To 3-D Airflow1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.

To cancel 3-D Airflow2. 4. Press either the “SWING button ” or the “SWING button ”.

Notes on louvers angles

Notes on flap angle

ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a

high speed.

• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)

Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,

which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing.

ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.

If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.

• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed.

STOP

COOLapprox. 10˚~40˚

DRYapprox. 5˚~35˚

In COOL or DRY mode

STOP

HEATapprox. 15˚~55˚

In HEAT or FAN mode

FANapprox. 5˚~55˚



14

POWERFUL OperationPOWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the maximum capacity.




• When using Powerful operation, there are some functions which are not available.




NOTENotes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation

stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.

• In COOL and HEAT modeTo maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.

• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the air flow rate is slightly increased .

• In FAN modeThe air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



15

OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET OperationOUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is convenient during night.





NOTENote on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.



• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when using OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



16

HOME LEAVE OperationHOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and air flow rate settings.

To start HOME LEAVE operation1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.


• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.

To cancel HOME LEAVE operation2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.


• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.

Before using HOME LEAVE operation.To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operationWhen using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate.

1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote controller display.

2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.3. Adjust the air flow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.

Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2

Initial setting Selectable range

temperature Air flow rate temperature Air flow rate

Cooling 25°C “ ” 18-32°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”

Heating 25°C “ ” 10-30°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”



Before bed...



18






[EX.]

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2









19

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.


CAUTION

Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set temperature.• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)


• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of

passersby, temperature range, etc.• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of

mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.



90°55°

7m55°

7m

Vertical angle 90°(Side View)

Horizontal angle 110°(Top View)



20


To use OFF TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct.



is displayed.

blinks.


or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.


To cancel the OFF TIMER Operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.

• The TIMER lamp goes off.





TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

42

1, 3



21

To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the

clock to the present time (page 9.).


is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases or

decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.


To cancel ON TIMER operation4. Press “CANCEL button”.




TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

2

1, 3

4

(Example)Present time: 11:00 p.m. (The unit operating)OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined

Dis

play



24


Indoor unit, outdoor unit and remote controller1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.


• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click.

2. Remove the front panel.• Open the front panel

further while sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you. This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner.

3. Clean the front panel.• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.• Only neutral detergent may be used.• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.

4. Attach the front panel.• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel

with the slots, then push them all the way in.• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides

and the center.)

CAUTION

Units

• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils,

polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.




25


2. Pull out the air filters.• Push a little upwards the tab at the

center of each air filter, then pull it down.

3. Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.• Press the top of the air-

cleaning filter onto the tabs (3 at top). Then press the bottom of the filter up slightly, and press it onto the tabs (3 at bottom).


5. Set the air filter and the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel.• Press the front panel at both sides and the

center.


vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral

detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.

• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying FilterThe Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.

[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.4. Since the material is made out of polyester, do not wring out the filter

when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.

• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.

Filters

tabs (3 at top)

tabs (3 at bottom)



26

NOTE

Check


1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE button” and select “FAN” operation.







• Dispose of old filters as non-flammable waste.



Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the

service shop if this is the case.

Item Part No.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. (without frame) 1 set KAF952B42



27

Trouble Shooting
















This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold air flow during cooling operation.This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.

The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the air flow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)









28


Check again.


• Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?• Isn’t it a power failure?• Are batteries set in the remote controller?• Is the timer setting correct?

Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the

indoor and the outdoor units?• Is the temperature setting appropriate?• Are the windows and doors closed?• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?


• Are the air filters clean?• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the

indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.





29

WARNING When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.




Disposal requirementsDismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.




LightningIf lightning may strike the neighboring area, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.


The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.An abnormal sound is heard during operation.The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker cuts off the operation frequently. A switch or a button often fails to work properly.There is a burning smell.Water leaks from the indoor unit.

Turn the breaker OFF and call the service shop.

3P232468-4



13.4 FTXS 80-100 H

4

Names of partsIndoor Unit

12

16 13

12

14

15

8

43

10 11 97

6

5



5

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

1. Air filter

2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter

3. Air inlet

4. Front panel

5. Panel tab



7. Room temperature sensor:• It senses the air temperature around the

unit.

8. Display

9. Air outlet

10. Horizontal blades (flaps): (page 12.)

11. Vertical blades (louvers):• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.

(page 12.)



14. INTELLIGENT EYE lamp (green): (page 15.)


Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refer to the following

table.


16. Signal receiver:• It receives signals from the remote controller.• When the unit receives a signal, you will

hear a short beep.• Operation start ........ beep-beep• Settings changed ..... beep• Operation stop.......... beeeeep

Outdoor Unit

17. Air inlet: (Back and side)

18. Air outlet


20. Drain hose


80/90 class

19

20

21

17

18

100 class

19

20

21

17

18

ModeTemperature

settingAirflow rate

AUTO 25˚C AUTO



6

Remote Controller




3. FAN setting button: • It selects the airflow rate setting.



Press once again to stop it.


7. MODE selector button:• It selects the operation mode.

(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)


9. ECONO button: ECONO operation (page 19.)

10. SWING button:• Horizontal blades (flaps) (page 12.)

11. SWING button:• Vertical blades (louvers) (page 12.)

12. COMFORT/SENSOR button: • COMFORT AIRFLOW and INTELLIGENT

EYE operation (page 14, 15.)

13. WEEKLY/PROGRAM/COPY/BACK/NEXT button: • WEEKLY TIMER operation (page 22.)

14. SELECT button: • It changes the ON/OFF TIMER and

WEEKLY TIMER settings. (page 20, 23.)

15. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)

16. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)

17. TIMER CANCEL button:• It cancels the timer setting. (page 20, 21.)• It cannot be used for the WEEKLY TIMER

operation.

18. CLOCK button: (page 8.)

1

5

6

2

3

4

<ARC452A4>

78

13

141517

<Open the front cover>

109

11

12

1618



7

Preparation before Operation



2. Set two dry batteries (LR03·AAA).


To operate the remote controller • To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at the

indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.

• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.• The maximum distance for communication is about 7m.





ATTENTION About batteries• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries together.• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.• The batteries will last for approximately one year. If the remote controller display begins to

fade and the degradation of reception performance occurs within a year, however, replace both two batteries with new size AAA alkaline batteries.


About remote controller• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such

as inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance

to somewhere else, or consult the shop.

2

3

1


Receiver

Remotecontrollerholder

Set.

• To remove, pull it upwards.



8

Preparation before Operation

To set the clock


is displayed.

and blinks.

2. Press “SELECT button” to set the current day of the week.


blinks.

4. Press “SELECT button” to set the clock to the present time.Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.

5. Press “CLOCK button”.Always point the remote controller at the indoor unit when pushing the buttons when setting the indoor unit’s internal clock.

blinks.

NOTE • If the indoor unit’s internal clock is not set to the correct time, the WEEKLY TIMER will not

operate punctually.

1, 3, 5

2, 4



9

Turn the breaker ON• Turning ON the breaker opens once and closes the flaps. (This is a normal procedure.)



Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect.• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy.

Clean them once in about every two weeks.

Please note• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.

• The operation of the system outside the above humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.


For cooling:26˚C – 28˚CFor heating:20˚C – 24˚C


COOL Outdoor temperature: 10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.


HEAT Outdoor temperature: –15 to 24˚CIndoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C


DRY Outdoor temperature: 10 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.




10

AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN OperationThe air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your choice. From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the same operation mode.


and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances

the mode setting in sequence.

: AUTO

: DRY

: COOL

: HEAT

: FAN










1

5

2, 3

4



11

To change the airflow rate setting5. Press “FAN setting button”.


When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.

NOTE

DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode

The airflow rate setting is not variable.

Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”






• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.• A pinging sound may be heard during defrosting operation, which, however does not mean

that the air conditioner has failures.

Note on COOL operation• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the

outside temperature is high, the performance of the air conditioner drops.

Note on DRY operation• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as

much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and airflow rate, so manual adjustment of these functions is unavailable.

Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation

mode (COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room

temperature to user-setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, manually change the set temperature.

Note on airflow rate setting• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.



12

Adjusting the Airflow DirectionYou can adjust the airflow direction to increase your comfort.

To adjust the horizontal blades (flaps)

1. Press “SWING button ”.

• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the flaps will begin to swing.

2. When the flaps have reached the desired position, press “SWING button ” once more.• The flaps will stop moving.




4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button ” once more.• The louvers will stop moving.


1, 2

3, 4



13

To start 3-D Airflow1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:

the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.


COMFORT AIRFLOW operation• Check COMFORT AIRFLOW operation in the section of “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” and

“INTELLIGENT EYE Operation”. (page 14, 15.)

Notes on flaps and louvers angles • When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps

swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)

Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold

air, which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing.

ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the

angles of the flaps and louvers. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.

• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.

COOL AND DRY MODE

HEAT AND FAN MODE

LOWERLIMIT (100˚)

UPPERLIMIT (60˚)

COMFORT AIRFLOW (105˚)

STOPOPERATION

COMFORT AIRFLOW (40˚)

STOPOPERATION

UPPERLIMIT (45˚)

LOWERLIMIT (80˚)



14

COMFORT AIRFLOW OperationThe flow of air will be in the upward direction while in cooling mode and in the downward direction while in heating mode, which will provide a comfortable wind that will not come in direct contact with people.

To start COMFORT AIRFLOW operation

1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD. • Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR

button” is pressed a different setting option is displayed on the LCD.

• By selecting “ ” from the following

icons, the air conditioner will be in COMFORT AIRFLOW operation combined with INTELLIGENT EYE operation. (page 16.)

To cancel COMFORT AIRFLOW operation2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.

• Press the button to select “Blank”.

Notes on “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” • The flap position will change, preventing air from blowing directly on the occupants of the room.• POWERFUL operation and COMFORT AIRFLOW operation cannot be used at the same time. • The volume of air will be set to AUTO. If the upward and downward airflow direction is

selected, the COMFORT AIRFLOW function will be canceled.• Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last. • The COMFORT AIRFLOW function makes the following airflow direction adjustments.

The flaps will move upward while cooling so that the airflow will be directed upward. The flaps will move downward while heating so that the airflow will be directed downward.

1, 2

Blank

Cooling operation Heating operation



15



1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD. • Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR

button” is pressed a different setting option is displayed on the LCD.

• By selecting “ ” from the following

icons, the air conditioner will be in INTELLIGENT EYE operation combined with COMFORT AIRFLOW operation. (page 16.)

To cancel the INTELLIGENT EYE operation2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.

• Press the button to select “Blank”.

[EX.]

1, 2

Blank


• Back to normal operation.The air conditioner will return to normal operation when the sensor detects the movement of people again.


• Normal operationThe air conditioner is in normal operation while the sensor is detecting the movement of people.


• 20 min. after, start energy saving operation.The set temperature is shifted in ±2ºC steps.



16

INTELLIGENT EYE Operation“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving


To combine “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” and “INTELLIGENT EYE Operation”1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD.

• Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR button” is pressed a different setting option is displayed on the LCD.

2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.• Press the button to select “Blank”.

CAUTION

Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2˚C in heating / +2˚C in cooling / +2˚C in dr y mode from set temperature.• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in FAN mode only. • If no presence detected in the room for 20 minutes.




mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.• NIGHT SET MODE (page 20.) will not go on during use of INTELLIGENT EYE operation.

• The air conditioner can go into operation with the COMFORT AIRFLOW and INTELLIGENT EYE functions combined.

• The volume of air will be set to AUTO. If the upward and downward airflow direction is selected, the CONFORT AIRFLOW operation will be canceled. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.

• Do not place large objects near the sensor.Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can detect undesirable objects.


90˚

55˚7m

55˚

7m

Vertical angle 90˚(Side View)

Horizontal angle 110˚(Top View)

Blank



The airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.• POWERFUL Operation will not increase the capacity of the air conditioner if the air

conditioner is already in operation with its maximum capacity demonstrated.

17



1. Press “POWERFUL button”.• POWERFUL operation ends in

20minutes. Then the system automatically operates again with the previous settings which were used before POWERFUL operation.

• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.• When using POWERFUL operation,

there are some functions which are not available.

To cancel POWERFUL operation2. Press “POWERFUL button”

again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

NOTE Notes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO, QUIET, or COMFORT

Operation. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.

• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.

• In COOL and HEAT modeTo maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.

• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the airflow rate is slightly increased.

• In FAN mode

1, 2



18




To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation2. Press “QUIET button” again.


1, 2

NOTE Note on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.


same time. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.

• OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET Operation will drop neither the frequency nor fan speed if the frequency and fan speed have been already dropped low enough.



19

ECONO OperationECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the maximum power consumption value. This function is useful for cases in which attention should be paid to ensure a circuit breaker will not trip when the product runs alongside other appliances.

To start ECONO operation

1. Press “ECONO button”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.

To cancel ECONO operation

2. Press “ECONO button” again.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.

* The maximum running current and power consumption of the air conditioner in ECONO mode vary with the connecting outdoor unit.

NOTE • ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the OFF button

causes the setting to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.• ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power

consumption of the outdoor unit (operating frequency).• ECONO operation functions in AUTO, COOL, DRY and HEAT modes. • POWERFUL and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time.

Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last. • Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used of the level of power

consumption is already low.

1, 2

Running current and power consumption

From start up until set temperature is reached

Time

Maximum during normal operation

Maximum during ECONO Mode

Normal operation

ECONOMode



20





is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “SELECT button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button

increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.




NOTE • When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is

canceled when remote controller batteries are replaced.)• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from

the time entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)


1, 3

42



21

To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set

the clock to the present time. (page 8.)


is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “SELECT button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button

increases or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.





ATTENTION In the following cases, set the timer again.• After a breaker has turned OFF.• After a power failure.• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.

1, 3

4

2


Dis

play



22

WEEKLY TIMER OperationUp to 4 timer settings can be saved for each day of the week. It is convenient if the WEEKLY TIMER is set according to the family’s life style.

Using in these cases of WEEKLY TIMERAn example of WEEKLY TIMER settings is shown below.

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

25˚C 27˚C

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

25˚C 27˚C

8:00 10:00 19:00 21:00

27˚C 27˚C25˚C

27˚C

27˚C

25˚C

25˚C

Example: The same timer settings are made for the week from Monday through Friday while different timer settings are made for the weekend.

• Up to 4 reservations per day and 28 reservations per week can be set in the WEEKLY TIMER. The effective use of the copy mode ensures ease of making reservations.

• The use of ON-ON-ON-ON settings, for example, makes it possible to schedule operating mode and set temperature changes. Furthermore, by using OFF-OFF-OFF-OFF settings, only the turn-OFF time of each day can be set. This will turn OFF the air conditioner automatically if the user forgets to turn it OFF.

Make timer settings up to programs 1-4. (see page 23.)[Monday]

No timer settings[Saturday]

Make timer settings up to programs 1-4. (see page 23.)[Sunday]

Use the copy mode to make settings for Tuesday to Friday, because these settings are the same as those for Monday. (see page 25.)

[Tuesday]to

[Friday]

Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF


ON OFF OFF ONProgram 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFFOFF

OFFOFF



23

To use WEEKLY TIMER operation • Make sure the day of the week and time are set.

If not, set the day of the week and time. (page 8.)

1. Press “ button”. • The day of the week and the reservation

number will be displayed.• 1 to 4 settings can be made per day.

2. Press the “SELECT button” to select the desired day of the week and reservation number.• Pressing the “SELECT button” changes the

reservation number and the day of the week.

3. Press “NEXT button”.• The day of the week will be set.

• “ ” and “ ” blink.

4. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired mode.• “ ” and “ ” or “ ” will flash.

• Go to STEP 9 if “no setting” is selected.

5. Press “NEXT button”.• The weekly mode will be set.

• “ ” and “ ” blink.

6. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired time.• The time can be set between 0:00 and 23:50 in 10 minute intervals. • Press “BACK button” to return to the mode setting.• Go to STEP 9 if “OFF” is selected at STEP 4.

7. Press “NEXT button”. • The time will be set.

• “ ” and the temperature blink.

3, 5, 7

1

2, 4, 6

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

25˚C 27˚C


[Monday]

ON OFF BlankON TIMER OFF TIMER no setting

Respective Setting Screens

Day and number settings ON/OFF settings Time settings Temperature settings



24

WEEKLY TIMER Operation8. Press “SELECT button” to

select the desired temperature. • The temperature can be set between

10˚C and 32˚C. Cooling: The unit operates at 18˚C even if it is set at 10 to 17˚C. Heating: The unit operates at 30˚C even if it is set at 31 to 32˚C.

• To return to the time setting, press “BACK button”.

• The set temperature is only displayed when the mode setting is on.

9. Press “NEXT button”.• The temperature will be set and go to

the next reservation setting.• To continue further settings, repeat the

procedure from STEP 2.

10.Press “ button” to complete the setting. • Point the remote controller toward the

air conditioner and press the buttons to operate. The air conditioner will beep and the operation lamp will flash.

NOTE WEEKLY TIMER

• Do not forget to set the time on the remote control first.• The day of the week, ON/OFF time can be set with WEEKLY TIMER. For ON-TIMER, settings

other than the above are based on the remote controller settings just before the operation.• Both WEEKLY TIMER and ON/OFF timer cannot be used at the same time. The ON/OFF

timer has priority if it is set while WEEKLY TIMER is still active. WEEKLY TIMER is activated after the reserved ON/OFF timer is completed.

• The “WEEKLY button” activates or deactivates the reservation.• To set WEEKLY TIMER, press “ button” and make a reservation according to the procedures.• Only the time and set temperature set with the weekly timer are sent with the “ button”.

Set the weekly timer only after setting the operation mode, the fan strength, and the fan direction ahead of time.

• Up to 4 settings per day and up to 28 settings per week can be reserved with WEEKLY TIMER. If a reservation deactivated with “WEEKLY button” is activated once again, the last reservation mode will be used.

• Shutting the breaker off, power failure, and other similar events will render operation of the indoor unit’s internal clock inaccurate. Reset the clock. (page 8.)

• The “BACK button” can be used only for the mode, time and temperature settings. It cannot be used to go back to the reservation number.

10

9

8



25

Using copy mode • A reservation made once can be easily

copied and the same settings used for another day of the week.

1. Press “ button”.2. Press “SELECT button” to confirm

the day of the week to be copied. 3. Press “COPY button”.

• This activates copy mode. • Copy whole reservation of the selected

day of the week.

4. Press “SELECT button” to select the destination day of the week.

5. Press “COPY button”.• The reservation will be copied to the

selected day of the week. The whole reservation of the selected day of the week will be copied. • To continue copying the settings to other days of the week, repeat STEP 4 and STEP 5.

6. Press “ button”.• Exit copy mode.

NOTE COPY MODE

• The entire reservation of the source day of the week is copied in the copy mode. Detailed settings can be made after the copy is completed.

1, 6

3, 5

2, 4

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

25˚C 27˚C

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00

25˚C 27˚C


[Monday]

COPY

Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4ON OFF ON OFF[Tuseday]

to [Friday]

Setting Screens

Confirmation screen Copy screen Paste screen Normal screen



26

WEEKLY TIMER Operation

Confirming a reservation • The reservation can be confirmed.

1. Press “ button”.• The day of the week and the reservation

number of the current day will be displayed.

2. Press “SELECT button” to select the day of the week and the reservation number to be confirmed. • Pressing the “SELECT button” displays

the reservation details.

3. Press “ button”.• Reservation confirmation complete.

Canceling all reservations4. Hold the “WEEKLY button” for

5 seconds. • Be sure to direct the remote control

toward the main unit and check for a receiving tone.

• This operation is not effective while WEEKLY TIMER is being set.• All reservations will be canceled.

Canceling individual reservations• This function can be used for canceling reservations for each day of the week. • It can be used while confirming or setting reservations.

5. Select the day of the week to be canceled with the “SELECT button”.6. Hold the “WEEKLY button” for 5 seconds.

• The selected reservation will be canceled.

To cancel WEEKLY TIMER operation 7. Press “WEEKLY button” to deactivate the WEEKLY operation.

• The “ ” will disappear from the display.• The TIMER lamp goes off.• To reactivate the WEEKLY TIMER operation, press the “WEEKLY button” again.

1, 3

2, 5

4, 6, 7

Setting Screens



27


Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller

1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.

Front panel

1. Open the front panel.• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two

sides and lift it unitl it stops with a click.

2. Remove the front panel.• Open the front panel

further while sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you. This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner.


4. Attach the front panel. • Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front

panel with the slots, then push them all the way in.• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both

sides and the center.)

CAUTION

Units

• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully. • When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40˚C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile

oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.




28

1. Open the front panel. (page 27.)2. Pull out the air filters.

• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air filter, then pull it down.

3. Take off the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. • Hold the recessed parts of

the frame and unhook the four claws.


5. Set the air filter and the Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they were and close the front panel.• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.

Air Filter 1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with

vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent

thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.• It is recommended to clean the air filters every 2 weeks.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying FilterThe Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.

[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a

neutral cleaning agent.3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.4. Since the material is made out of polyester, do not wring out the filter

when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]

1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.

Filters


Filter frame

Air filterTab



29

NOTE

Check


1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE” button and select “FAN” operation.

• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.






• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.



Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and

consult the service shop if this is the case.

Item Part No.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter (without frame) 1 set KAF970A48



30

Trouble Shooting



Case ExplanationOperation does not start soon.• When ON/OFF button was pressed

soon after operation was stopped.• When the mode was reselected.











This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold airflow during cooling operation.This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.

The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)


After operation is stopped:• The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60 seconds

for system protection.While the air conditioner is not in operation:• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor




No remote controller signals are displayed.The remote controller sensitivity is low.The display is low in contrast or blacked out.The display runs out of control.

• The batteries are dying and the remote controller is malfunc-tioning. Replace all the batteries with new size AAA alkaline batteries. For details, refer to “To set the batteries” of this manual. (page 7.)

* If the reset button is provided, press the reset button after the batteries are replaced.

The ON/OFF TIMER does not operate according to the settings.

• Check if the ON/OFF TIMER and the WEEKLY TIMER are set to the same time. Change or disable the settings in the WEEKLY TIMER. (page 23.)



31


Check again.




indoor and the outdoor units?• Is the temperature setting appropriate?• Are the windows and doors closed?• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?



indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.

An abnormal functioning happens during operation.


Heating cannot be selected, even though the unit is heat pump model.

• Slide the DIP switch to the left as shown in the illustration so that the heating mode can be selected with the mode selector button.

Heating side

Dipswitches



32

WARNINGWhen an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.





In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, result-ing in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.The maintenance cost must be born by the user.



LightningIf lightning may strike the neighbouring area, stop oper-ation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.




3P228444-1A



13.5 FTXS 50 C

4

Names of parts

Indoor Unit

Main unit control panel

7

14

11

12

13

43

1512

9 108 6

5The illustration shows a 50-class unit

17

16



5

Outdoor Unit


2. Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function

3. Air inlet

4. Front panel

5. Panel tab



7. Display

8. Air outlet

9. Flap (horizontal blade): (page 12.)

10. Louvers (vertical blades):• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.

(page 12.)



13. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE

Operation. (page 16.)


Push once again to stop it.• The operation mode refer to the following table.


15. Packaging materials: 50 class only• If any packaging materials are included,

please remove before operating. (page 24.)




Outdoor Unit18. Air inlet: (Back and side)

19. Air outlet


21. Drain hose



20

21

2219

18

ModeTemperature

settingAirflow

rateFTKS COOL 22°C AUTOFTXS AUTO 25°C AUTO



6

Remote Controller




3. HOME LEAVE button: HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.)





• It selects the operation mode. (AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)


9. FAN setting button:• It selects the airflow rate setting.

10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE operation (page 18.)

11. SWING button: (page 12.)• Flap (Horizontal blade)

12. SWING button: (page 12.)• Louver (Vertical blades)

13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)15. TIMER Setting button:




QUIET

1

2

5

6

911

< ARC433B70, B71 >

3

4

7

81012

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF 16

181715

14

13



7








reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces the lifespan.


+–

–+

2

3

1




8


To operate the remote controller• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at

the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.


about 7m.






inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to

somewhere else, or consult the shop.

Receiver


Set.

To remove, pull it upwards.



9

To set the clock


is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER setting button” to set the clock to the present time.

Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rapidly increases or decreases the time display.


blinks.







• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 3

2




COOL Outdoor temperature:–5 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.

• A safety device may work to stop the operation. (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)




DRY Outdoor temperature:–5 to 46˚CIndoor temperature: 18 to 32˚CIndoor humidity: 80% max.




10



and select a operation mode.• Each pressing of the button advances the


: AUTO

: DRY

: COOL

: HEAT

: FAN










TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

2, 31

4

5

<FTKS>

<FTXS>



11

To change the airflow rate setting



When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter. Use this when making the noise quieter.

The unit might lose capacity when the airflow rate is set to a weak level.

NOTE

DRY mode AUTO or HEAT or COOL or FAN mode

The airflow rate setting is not variable.

Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”









Note on AUTO operation• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation mode

(COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to

user-setting level.• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting

you like.Note on airflow rate setting• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.



12

Adjusting the Airflow DirectionYou can adjust the airflow direction to increase your comfort.

To adjust the horizontal blade (flap)

1. Press “SWING button ”.• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the


2. When the flap has reached the desired position, press “SWING button ” once more.• The flap will stop moving.




4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the “SWING button ” once more.• The louvers will stop moving.• “ ” disappears from the LCD.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET1, 2

3, 4



13

To 3-D Airflow1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will move in turn.


Notes on louvers angles

Notes on flap angle

ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a

high speed.

• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)

Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,

which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot developing.

ATTENTION• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.

If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.

• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed.

STOP

COOLapprox. 10˚~40˚

DRYapprox. 5˚~35˚

In COOL or DRY mode

STOP

HEATapprox. 15˚~55˚

In HEAT or FAN mode

FANapprox. 5˚~55˚



14





• When using Powerful operation, there are some functions which are not available.




NOTENotes on POWERFUL operation• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation

stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD. Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.

• In COOL and HEAT modeTo maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased and the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.

• In DRY modeThe temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the airflow rate is slightly increased.

• In FAN modeThe airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



15






NOTENote on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.



• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when using OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller display.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2



16

HOME LEAVE OperationHOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and airflow rate settings.

To start HOME LEAVE operation1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.


• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.

To cancel HOME LEAVE operation2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again.


• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off.

Before using HOME LEAVE operation.To set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operationWhen using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and airflow rate.

1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote controller display.

2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.3. Adjust the airflow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.

Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2

Initial setting Selectable range

temperature Airflow rate temperature Airflow rate

Cooling 25°C “ ” 18-32°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”

Heating 25°C “ ” 10-30°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”





18






[EX.]

TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

1, 2









19

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.


CAUTION

Energy saving operation• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +1°C in dry mode from set temperature.• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)




mirrors as passersby.• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.



90˚

55˚7m

55˚

7m

Vertical angle 90˚(Side View)

Horizontal angle 110˚(Top View)



20





is displayed.

blinks.


or decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.








TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

42

1, 3



21

To use ON TIMER operation• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the

clock to the present time (page 9.).


is displayed.

blinks.

2. Press “TIMER Setting button” until the time setting reaches the point you like.• Every pressing of either button increases or

decreases the time setting by 10 minutes. Holding down either button changes the setting rapidly.






TIMER

ON CANCEL

OFF

QUIET

2

1, 3

4


Dis

play



24


Indoor unit, outdoor unit and remote controller1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.


• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift it until it stops with a click.

2. Remove the front panel.• Open the front panel further while

sliding it to either the left or right and pulling it toward you. This will disconnect the rotation dowel on one side. Then disconnect the rotation dowel on the other side in the same manner.


4. Attach the front panel.• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel

with the slots, then push them all the way in.• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides

and the center.)

CAUTION

Units

• When the packaging materials are attached to the front panel, please remove them.

• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.

• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.

• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.

• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.

• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.




25


2. Pull out the air filters.• Push a little upwards the tab at the

center of each air filter, then pull it down.

3. Take off the air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function.• Press the top of the air-

cleaning filter onto the tabs (3 at top). Then press the bottom of the filter up slightly, and press it onto the tabs (2 at bottom).


5. Set the air filter and the air purifying filter with photocalytic deodorizing function as they were and close the front panel.• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.


vacuum cleaner.• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral

detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.

• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.

Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function. (gray)The air purifying capacity of the photocatalytic purifying filter can be renewed by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.

[ Maintenance ]1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.3. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.4. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter

when removing water from it.[ Replacement ]1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.

• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.

Filters

tabs (3 at top)

tabs (2 at bottom)



26

NOTE

Check


1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the inside.• Press “MODE button” and select “FAN” operation.






• To order air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function contact to the service shop there you bought the air conditioner.

• Dispose of old air filter as non-burnable and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable waste.



Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the

service shop if this is the case.

Item Part No.

Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function. (without frame) 1 set KAF952A42



27

Trouble Shooting
















This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by the cold airflow during cooling operation.This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.

The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)









28


Check again.




indoor and the outdoor units?• Is the temperature setting appropriate?• Are the windows and doors closed?• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?



indoor and the outdoor units?Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks, call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.





29

WARNING When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.








LightningIf lightning may strike the neighboring area, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.




3P232468-2


ED04-910 Optional Accessories

14.Optional Accessories14.1 Option List14.1.1 Indoor Units

Note: 1 Wiring adaptor is also required for each indoor unit.2 Time clock and other devices ; obtained locally.

14.1.2 Outdoor Units

Option Name FTK(X)S25/35G FTK(X)S50-71GFTXS80G

1 Centralized Control Board-up to 5 Rooms 1 KRC72

2 Wiring Adaptor for Time Clock/Remote Control 2(Normal Open Pulse Contact / Normal Open Contact) KRP413A1S

3 Wired Remote Controller BRC944A2B

4 Central Remote Controller 1 DCS302CA61

5 Unified ON/OFF Controller 1 DCS301BA61

6 Schedule Timer 1 DST301BA61

7 Interface Adaptor for Room Air Conditioner KRP928B2S

8 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter(without Frame) KAF970A46 KAF952B42

9 Remote Controller Loss Prevention with the Chain KKF917A4

Option Name FTXS80-100H FTXS50C

1 Centralized Control Board-up to 5 Rooms 1 KRC72

2 Wiring Adaptor for Time Clock/Remote Control 2(Normal Open Pulse Contact / Normal Open Contact) KRP413A1S

3 Wired Remote Controller BRC944A2B —

4 Central Remote Controller 1 DCS302CA61

5 Unified ON/OFF Controller 1 DCS301BA61

6 Schedule Timer 1 DST301BA61

7 Interface Adaptor for Room Air Conditioner KRP928B2S

8 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter(without Frame) KAF970A48 —

9 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function — KAF952A42

10 Remote Controller Loss Prevention with the Chain KKF910A4 KKF917A4

Option Name 25/35 Class 50-71 Class 80-100 Class

1 Drain Plug KKP937A4 KKP945A4

2 Air Direction Adjustment Grille KPW937A4 KPW945A4


Optional Accessories ED04-910

14.2 Installation Manual14.2.1 KRP413A1S

1. Functions and Features

On/Off settingSwitching between Instantaneous Contact/Normal ContactConnection with five-room central controller (KRC72 for oversea model)Connection with fan coil remote controllerAutomatic reset after power failureOutput of normal operation signals/malfunction signals

2. Field Wiring

For interconnecting wiring, use Daikin KDC100A12 cable (not supplied) orother similar cable. The cable should have the specifications shown below.

Optional cable KDC100A12 (without connectors)Specifications: 0.2 mm2 × 4 core (sheathed)Outer diameter: φ 5.3Length: 100 mColour: Grey

Other cable (commercially available)

Item

Cable for instrumentation (IPVV) 0.3 mm2 × 4-core

Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.3 mm2 ×

×

×

×

×

4-core

Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.2 mm2 4-core

Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.15 mm2 4-core

Intercom cable 0.65 mm2 dia. 4-core

PVC jumper wire (TJVC) (from 0.5 mm dia. 4 pcs.)

Outer dia.

7.2 mm

8.0 mm

6.5 mm

4.8 mm

—

Remarks

Hard sheath

Shielded

Not sheathed

Note 1: Keep any wiring for the control unit away from the power cord to preventelectrical noise.

Note 2: Do not use cables shown above for power cord, inter-unit cord/cable orpower cord for lamps.

Safety Precautions

Read these safety precautions carefully before installing the unit, and besure to install the unit properly.This manual classifies precautions to the user into the following twocategories. These warnings and cautions are for your safety. Follow them.

WARNING

CAUTION

Faulty installation can result in death or serious injury

Faulty installation can result in serious injuryor other serious consequences.

Below is a key to symbols used in this manual.

Be sure to follow instructions.

Be sure to perform grounding work.

Never attempt.

After installation is complete, test the unit to confirm that it is workingproperly, and instruct the owner its proper use.

WARNING

Installation should be left to the dealer from whom you purchased the unit, oranother qualified professionals.Install the unit securely according to the installation manual. Faulty installationmay lead to electric shock or fire.Be sure to use the supplied or specified parts. Using other parts may lead toelectric shock or fire.Install the unit securely in a location that will support its weight. If installed in apoor location or improperly installed, the unit may not work as intended.For electrical work, follow local electric standards and the installation manual.Faulty installation may lead to fire or electric shock.Do not bundle the power cord, or attempt to extend it by splicing it with anothercord or by using an extension cord. Do not place any other load on the powercircuit used for the unit. Improper wiring may lead to electric shock, heatgeneration or fire.Use dedicated wiring for all electrical connections, and be sure to arrange thewiring so that force applied to the wiring will not damage the terminals. Poorwiring or installation may cause electric shock, heat generation or fire.

CAUTION

Before installation, unplug the air conditioner to ensure safety. Failure to do somay cause electric shock.Static electricity may damage electric components. Before connecting cablesand communication lines, and operating the switches, be sure to discharge anyelectrical charge from your body (by, for example, touching the earth line)Do not install the unit in a location where it may be exposed to flammablegases. If gas leaks and build up around the unit, it may catch fire.Do not place the wiring close to the power cord, inter-unit cable, or pipes whichgenerate noise. Treat the wiring with care.



Installation

This product is available in two types. The KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S is for installation in a case independent of the indoor unit, andthe KRP413A1 is for installation within the indoor unit.

1. KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S

1 Installation diagram

Indoor unit PCB

Adaptor case

wiringLocal wiring or power cord, etc.

S21

2 Components

Adaptor case assy Wiring (approx. 0.8 m)(Adaptor (PCB) is attached in the adaptor case.)

Accessories• Binding band (4 pcs.)• Securing tape for attaching to the indoor unit (2 sets)• Screws for attaching the adaptor case (4 pcs.)• Screws for attaching to the wall (3 pcs.)

Installation manual

2. KRP413A1

For this type, install the adaptor PCB within the indoor unit. The method ofinstallation and connection vary depending on the model of the airconditioner. See your air conditioner installation manual for details.

1 Components

Adaptor PCB Wiring (approx. 0.25 m)

Installation manual

3. Attaching Adaptor Case Assy (for KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S)

1 Using the screws (to mount on a wall, etc.)

Use the 3 supplied screws to attach the case assy .

Indoor unitAdaptor case

Install the adaptor case assy as close to the indoor unit as possible.Removing case front

Adaptor PCB

Case front

Screw

Screw cover

Remove the screw cover, one of the screwsand then the case front.Attach the case back to the surface bytightening the screws through the screwholes (one round hole, two long holes).After connecting the cables (refer to the following sections), replace thecase front. Be careful not to damage the wiring in the case.

Wiring

Press in so that the prong catches the case back.

Screw

Screw cover

2 Using securing tape (to attach on the indoor unit)

Attach the adaptor case with the supplied securing tape.Remove the case front (as for mounting on a wall).After connecting the cables (see the following sections), replace thecase front. It can be screwed to the case back from the rear with thefour supplied screws.Be careful not to damage the wiring in the case.Attach the hook side (loop side) of the included securing tape to the rearsurface of the HA case, then attach the loop side (hook side) to the top ofthe air conditioner unit spaced at the same intervals.

Securing tape Hook side (loop side)

Securing tape Loop side (hook side)

Indoor unit

To prevent the adaptor case assy from falling, do not use the securingtape for attaching it to a wall or other surface.



Wiring

1. Wiring

Connect one end of the wiring to connector S21 of the PCB in theindoor unit.Connect the other end of the wiring to connector S6 of the adaptorPCB.Connect field wiring according to the functions assigned to eachconnection terminal of the adaptor PCB.Secure all wires.

1 Securing wires in the adaptor case assy (for KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S)

Fasten with a tie-wrap so that wires will not come loose even if pulled.

Inter unit cable (field wiring)

Tie-wrap (to prevent the wires from coming loose)

If the wire protrudes from this side, cut the cut-off section of the case front.

2 Securing wires in the indoor unit (for KRP413A1)

The method for securing wire varies depending on the model of the airconditioner. See your air conditioner installation manual for details.

2. Automatic Reset After Power Failure

This PCB stores the following data in the event of a power failure(common features).On/Off (see Note 1) Operation modes Temperature settingAir flow rate On/Off status of remote controller

(Note 1 When SW1-2 is in Off mode, the unit will not be activated.)

3. Monitor Signal Output (normal operation and malfunction)

Maximum length of the wiring is 100 m.

1 Monitor signal output for LED

LED D

R1

2

S4

Max 100 m

2 Monitor signal output (normal operation and malfunction)using external relay contacts

DC12V

MR1

MR2L 1

2L

MR1

MR2

L 1

2L

: Operation light

: Malfunction light

+

(+)

(–)

(–)

–

1

2

3

S8

S5

Max 100 mField supplied parts

External power supply for light

Field procured parts (Recommended external relay contacts)

Manufacturer Type Coil rated voltage Coil resistance

Omron MY relay 12 V DC 160 ohm ± 10%

Matsushita HC relay 12 V DC 160 ohm ± 10%

4. Connection with Remote Controller

Example connections with three kinds of remote controllers are shownbellow.Note: These connections cannot be used in combination.

1 Generic remote controller

Set SW1-1 to Off and select Operation Mode 1.

SW1

ON

OFF1 2

<Instantaneous Contact>

1

2

1

2

S2

S1On/Off

Off

<Normal Contact>

1

2

1

2

S1

S2

Operation

On

2 Five-room central controller (KRC72)

Set SW1-1 to Off and select Operation Mode 1.The remote controller most recently used takes precedence.

Five-room centralcontroller

Terminalblocks A to E

1

2

3

4 1

2

1

2

1 2

SW1ON

OFF

S4

S1

3 Fan coil remote controller

Set SW1-1 to On and select Operation Mode 2.Most settings (power On/Off, air flow rate, mode change) cannot bemade using the air conditioner’s remote controller.When power is restored after a power failure in this mode, On or Off isdetermined according to the current settings of the remote controller.When the Cooling /Heating mode is changed, use the air conditioner’sremote controller to adjust the temperature.

1 2

SW1ON

OFF

S1

1

2

1

2

1

2

S2

S3

H M L OFF

Fan coil remote controller

Off(When cooling)

On (When heating)

Cooling/heating switch

Locally procured parts

Item Manufacturer Type

LED ToshibaTLG208 (green)

TLR208 (red)

D Rohm 1S2473

R 510 ohm 1/4W

The remote controller mostrecently used (local or airconditioner) takes precedence.Use a remote controller with apulse width of 100 msec ormore.

Power On/Off cannot be controlledfrom the unit’s remote controller.When power is restored after apower failure in this mode, On orOff is determined according tothe current settings of the remotecontroller.



Test Operation and Confirmation

1. When the System is Not Working

Is the air conditioner working properly?Are the connectors of the wiring properly connected?Are the remote controller and field wiring properly connected?Are all switch settings correct?If there is nothing apparently wrong, conduct a diagnostic check using the following procedure.

Diagnostic check

2. Switch Settings and Connection Terminals

12121212

12

3

S8

12

S4

S1S2S3

S5

12

SW1

OFF ON

S6

CPU normal operation monitor(Flashes when the operation is normal.)

SW1-1

SW1-2

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6 connector

S8

Selecting the operationmode

Selecting On/Off whenpower is restored aftera power failure

SW1-1: OFF(Operation mode 1)

SW1-1: ON(Operation mode 2)

(1) - (2)

(1) - (2)

(1) - (3)

(+) - (–)

OFF Operation mode 1 (Used with the exception of fan coil remote controller settings)

ON Operation mode 2 (Used with fan coil remote controller settings)

OFF Always Off

ONOff if operation was in Off mode before power failure; On if operation was inOn mode before power failure

Instantaneous contact Normal contact

S1 (1) - S2 (1) OPEN CLOSE

S1 (1) - S1 (2)Pulse input OPEN, Not activated

On/Off switching CLOSE, Activated

S2 (2), S3 Not used

S1, S2 OPEN Not activated

S1 (1) - S1 (2) CLOSE On, airflow: L tap

S1 (1) - S2 (1) CLOSE On, airflow: M tap

S1 (1) - S2 (2) CLOSE On, airflow: H tap

S3 (With the remote OPEN, Cooling

controller only) CLOSE, Heating

Voltage on (DC12 V), normal operation light output

Normal operation light output (power for light required)

Malfunction light output (power for light required)

Connect with connector S21 on the PCB of the indoor unit

Relay DC 12 V power supply terminal (Field supplied parts)

START

Is the “CPU Normal” lightfor the remote controller’s

PCB flashing?

No

Is 12 V DC being suppliedto No. 4 and No. 5 on S6 of the

remote controller’s PCB?

No

Yes Is 12 V DC being suppliedto No. 4 and No. 5 on S21

of the indoor unit?

No

Yes

Is the malfunction lightof the remote

controller’s PCB on?

No

Yes

OR

Yes

Defect in adaptor PCB.Defect in wiring.Defect in indoor unit’s PCB.Transmission error (between remote controller and indoor unit)

2P031616-1B



14.2.2 KRP928B2S

Safety Precautions

Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.

This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION.

WARNING : Failure to follow WARNING is very likely to result in such grave

consequences as death or serious injury.

CAUTION : Failure to follow CAUTION may result in serious injury or property damage, and in certain circumstances, may result in a grave consequence.

Be sure to follow all the precautions below ; they are all important for ensuring safety.

3.Names of Parts and Electric Wiring

WARNING

CAUTION

After installation is complete, test the operation of the PCB set to check

for problems, and explain how to use the set to the end-user.

1.Overview, Features and Compatible Models

This kit is the interface required when connecting the central controller and a Daikin Room Air Conditioner. Use of the central controller makes it possible to perform the following monitoring and operations. It is compatible with room air conditioners which have an HA connector S21.

Precaution1.When reading the Operating / error signals, a separate external power source

(DC 12V) is needed.2.A separate timer power source (DC 16V) is needed when using the schedule

timer independently, and not in conjunction with other central controllers.3.The range of temperatures that can be set from the central controller is 18°C to

32°C in cooling and 14°C to 28°C in heating.4.Fan operation cannot be selected from the central controller or wired remote controller.5.Group control (i.e., control of multiple indoor units with a single remote controller) is

not available.6.Monitoring is not available of the thermo status, compressor operating status,

indoor fan operating status, electric heater, or humidifier operating status.7.Forced thermo off, filter sign display and reset, fan direction and speed settings,

air conditioning fee management, energy savings instructions, low-noise instructions, and demand instructions cannot be made.

1.Run / stop for the central controller and wired remote controller, operating mode selection, and temperature can be set.

2.The operating status, any errors, and the content of those errors can be monitored from the central controller and wired remote controller.

3.Run / stop for the central controller and wireless remote controller, operating mode selection, and the temperature setting can be limited by the central controller.

4.Zone control can be performed from the central controller.5.The unit can remember the operating status of the air conditioner before a power

outage and then start operating in the same status when the power comes back on.

6.Card keys, operating control panels, and other constant / instantaneous connection-compatible equipment can be connected.

7.The Operating / error signals can be read.8.HA JEM-A-compatible equipment can be connected.9.The indoor temperature can be monitored from the Ve-up controller.

2.Component Parts and Separately-Sold Parts which are RequiredThis kit includes the following components. Check to ensure that none of these are missing.

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

12

34

1

0

ON

OFF

ON

OF

F

SW1

S16S19

S6

F1

SW2

SW3

LED1

Tes1 S1 S8 S5

F2

Once the switches are set and the wiring complete, secure the case using the included screws.

A cable field supply A cable field supply

In case that the device coping with HA JEM-A is connected

Connecting a Wired Remote Controller

In case that a central remote controller is connected

Connecting a Momentary / constant Contact Input Equipment

Reading the Operating / error Display

Tele-con (Field supply)Remote controller

BRC944 SeriesCard key(Field supply)Operating control panel(Field supply)

KRC65, KRC72, KDC100A10, and KDC101B Series cannot be connected.

The adapter included with the remote controller is not used.

DAIKIN

<Wiring procedure>

Supplied connection harness

Installation should be left to the dealer or another qualified professional.Improper installation by yourself may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.

Install the set according to the instructions given in this manual.Incomplete or improper installation may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.

Be sure to use the standard attachments or the genuine parts.Use of other parts may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.

Disconnect power to the connected equipment before starting installation.Failure to do so may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.

An earth leakage circuit breaker should be installed.If the breaker is not installed, electrical shock may occur.

Do not install the set in a location where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas.Gas accumulated around the unit at the worst may cause fire.

To prevent damage due to electrostatic discharge, touch your hand to a nearby metal object (doorknob, aluminum sash, etc.) to discharge static electricity from your body before touching this kit.Static electricity can damage this kit.

Lay this cable separately from other power cables to avoid external electrical noises.

Screw cover

Non polarity

Included in the Drain Up Kit.

Separately sold remote control code (quadplex)KRCW101A Series

Operating monitoring equipment(Field supply)

PartsKit assyPCB is in the housing.

Q’ty Q’ty

1

Parts

Connection harness (about 1.6m)

Mounting screws

Binding band

Installation manual

1set

3pcs.

1pc.

1set

Room air conditioner indoor unit

To HA connector (S21)

Cable available field supply (See the installation manual of the central remote controller)

Lower group number switch (SW1)

Upper group number switch (SW2-1to 3)

Operation when recovering from a power outage modeswitch (SW2-4)

Service monitor (LED1: green)When the CPU is working properly, the LED flashes.

Power supply terminal (S8)

Connect an external DC 12V power supply only when reading the Operating / error display.

Japanese unit / Overseas unitSetting switch (SW3-3)

Momentary contact / constant contactSelection switch (SW3-2)

Forced stopSettings switch (SW3-1)

Central controller equipmentDCS302 SeriesDCS301 SeriesDCS601 SeriesDST301 Series



4.Switch Settings 5.Control Codes

7.Combining Equipment

6.Read Operating / Error Display Signal

Turn the power on after all the switches have been set. Settings made while the power is on are invalid.NOTE

Overseas ON “Automatic” operation is available from the central controller.

Japan

Destination SW3-3 setting What Happens

OFF(Factory setting)

Open the Kit’s case and set the switches on the circuit board. (1) For Overseas / Japanese unit setting (SW3-3)

Room air conditioners, different methods are used for setting the temperature in automatic mode, so this switch needs to be set.

When using a central remote controller, the operating codes can be used to limit operation from wireless remote controllers.

: permitted; × : prohibited

The Operating / error signals can be read from the contact output (S5).Output specs

M1: Turn MR 1 ON when the air conditioner is running. M2: Turn MR 2 when a communication error has occurred between the KRP928B2S and

the air conditioner, or MR 1 is ON and the unit has stopped after an error.MR 2 is not turned ON during a warning.

(2) Group number settings (SW1 and SW2-1 to SW2-3)Set these when using the central controller. (Set to the side.) Do not set more than one unit to the same number.

However, these settings do not need to be made when using the schedule timer independently. (The settings are needed when used in conjunction with another DCS Series central controller.) In this case, the schedule timer performs an auto address after the power is turned on, so new group numbers are automatically set. Settings made using the switches will be overwritten.

(3) Settings when recovering from a power outage (SW2-4)This selects whether to restart operation when the power comes back on after a power outage occurred during operation. This setting is given priority in cases where the indoor unit has an auto start ON / OFF jumper. Note also that regardless of whether switch SW2-4 is on or off, the operating mode, set temperature, fan direction and speed settings, and remote control prohibition status are stored.

NOTE1: Since central equipment and HA JEM-A-compatible equipment both use last command priority, the contact status and operating status of the air conditioner might not match sometimes.Example: If the unit is run from the central controller while the air

conditioner is stopped with an open contact, the contact will be open and the unit will be running.

NOTE2: Operating mode and fan direction and speed settings can be changed.

(4) Contact input function settings (SW3-1 to SW3-2)When using contact input (S1), choose one of the following functions.

NOTE also that a separate timer power source is needed when using the schedule timer independently.Power source specs: DC 16V, +10%, -15%, 200mA.Recommended power source: Omron S82J-01015A. (Should be used with the output voltage adjusted to the center, DC 16V.)

Uppergroup NO.

1—

2—

3—

4—

5—

6—

7—

8—

1 1 2 3

01 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

SW1setting

Lowergroup NO.

0 0

0 1

0 2

0 3

0 4

0 5

0 6

0 7

1 1 2 3

01 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

SW1setting

Lowergroup NO.

0 8

0 9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 5

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Stops if the unit was stopped before the power outage and runs if it was running.

Stops after recovering from a power outageOFF

(Factory setting)

ON

SW2-4 setting What Happens

ON / OFF control is rejected (operate / stop / timer prohibition) (NOTE 2).During a forced stop, all remote controller actions are prohibited.

Last command priority

Contact - Open to close: air condition stops (forced stop). Close to open: no change in operating status.

Contact - Open to close: air condition runs.Close to open: air conditioner is stopped (NOTE 1).

Constant contact input

Forced stop or remote controller permission input

The operating status of the air conditioner is reversed by an instantaneous input of 100 msec or more.

Instantaneous contact input (factory setting)

What Happens Control modeS1operating mode

SW3-2setting

SW3-1setting

OFF

OFF

ON

ON Invalid

Run / stop InputContact specsNo-voltage minute electric current contact (Minimum applicable load DC 12V, 1mA or lower)

Total wire length max: 100m

KRP928B2S

S1CA

CB

Forced stop

Timer operation is accepted by remote controller

Last command priority

Only OFF control is accepted

ON / OFF control is rejected

Control mode

Constantcontact mode

Instantaneouscontact mode

S1operating

mode

Operations from central controller, contact input and HA JEM-A input

10,11

6,7

8

9

212–19

0,1,3

45

48

2,10-190,1,3,5-7

Controlcode

“Stop” control from the central controller

“Run” control from the central controller

Operations from the remote controller

× ×××××××

Central priority

××***

××

×××

××

×

×××

××***

××

××

×

×

*

×

×

××

××

Run

/ tim

er

Run

/ tim

er

Fan

dire

ctio

n an

d fa

n sp

eed

Fan

dire

ctio

n an

d fa

n sp

eed

Sto

p

Sto

p

Ope

ratin

g m

ode

tem

pera

ture

Ope

ratin

g m

ode

tem

pera

ture

t

×Wireless Remote Controller

××Wired Remote Controller

×HA JEM-A-compatible equipment

×××Instantaneous contact input

×××Constant contact input

×××Forced stop contact input

××D-BIPS

××Schedule timer

ON / OFF controller

ON

/ O

FF

con

trol

ler

Central Remote Controller

S8 Power supply for relay (DC 12V)

Power source for display

Relay specs (MR1 and MR2) Coil voltage: DC 12V

Coil resistance: 160Ω ± 10% (Matsushita Electric HC Relay, Omron MY Relay)Wiring length Max: 100m

KRP928B2S

S5

MC

M1

M2

(+)

(–)

(–)

MR1

MR2

Operating Display

Abnormality display

Operating control panel (Field supply)

MR1

MR2

The remote controller permission / prohibition settings using the Ve-up controller are as follows.

: permitted; × : prohibited

Forced stop




Instantaneouscontact mode Last command

priority

Does not affect settings

permitted/prohibitedpermitted/prohibited

××

×× ×

prohibitedpermitted

prohibitedpermitted

× × × ×

Operations from central controller, contact input and HA JEM-A input

permitted/prohibitedpermitted/prohibited

permittedprohibited

× ×

prohibited

permitted

Only OFF control is accepted

permitted/prohibited


permittedprohibited

×××× × ×

×

××prohibited

permitted

ON / OFF control is rejected

Start / stop Change operating mode

Change set temperature Run / timer

Operating mode temperature

Fan direction and fan speedStop

Operations from the remote controllerVe-up controller settings


•Constant

contact mode

S1 pin operating mode



×

×

×

× ×prohibited

permitted

“Automatic” operation is not available from the central controller. When using “automatic” operation using the wireless remote controller, the central controller displays automatic cooling (heating) and 25°C. Even if the temperature is changed, it will return to 25°C after a while.

SW2setting

Cen

tral

Rem

ote

Con

trol

ler

Sch

edul

e tim

er

D-B

IPS

For

ced

stop

con

tact

inpu

t

Con

stan

t con

tact

inpu

t

Inst

anta

neou

s co

ntac

t inp

ut

HA J

EM-A

-com

patib

le e

quip

men

t

Wire

d R

emot

e C

ontr

olle

r

Wire

less

Rem

ote

Con

trolle

r

The central controller can be combined with the following devices.

9 *

×

××

*Only during timer operation

3P087074-2B



14.2.3 KPW937A4

b)

Checking the parts

Installation of Louver

CAUTION

Louver

1piece1piece

Shape

Quantity

Selection of Installation Location

Check the following parts

a)

Before Installation

Installation Procedure

Use when installing in a location that meets the following conditions.When installing near the border to a neighbor's houseIf exhaust blows directly on passers-by because outdoor unit is installed facing a road.Changing the fan direction of the outdoor unit to prevent it blowing directly on shrubbery, etc.

Installation is possible in the four directions:upward, downward, rightward, and leftward.The installation screws are attached to the louver.First temporarily attach the louver with 4 screws, then check that the angle is correct, and finally tighten the screws fully.

1.Install so that a short circuit is prevented.2.For the use in snowy regions, avoid installation

with the air outlet facing upward. Install so thatthe air outlet faces leftward, rightward, or down-ward.Snow accumulates in the air outlet of the outdoorunit, causing malfunction of the main body of the outdoor unit.

3.Be advised that if the fan direction is up,dead leaves and other foreign mattereasily accumulates in the exhaust vent.

Name

With 4 screws

Installation manual

Prepared holepitch 435mmFan partition

Prepared holepitch 435mmFan partition

Part A(see figure below)

The prepared hole is in between the grating of the grille. Part A (prepared hole) cross section (the shape of either a or b)

Grille grating

Prepared hole Prepared hole

Grille grating

4P104499-1A



14.2.4 KPW945A4

Check the following parts

Installation Procedure

Before installation

Name

Quantity

Louver

1piece

Truss tapping screw

M4x4screws(max.7.5kW class)M5x4screws(8.0/9.0kW class)

Installation manual

1piece

Shape

Selection of Installation Location

Installation of Louvers

Space Needed for Installation

Use when installing in a location that meets the following conditions.When installing near the border to a neighbor's houseIf exhaust blows directly on passers-by because outdoor unit is instal-led facing a road.If exhaust blows directly on vegetation

A minimum of 100mm is needed between the back of the outdoor unit and any obstructions(walls, etc.)

more than100

Attach the louvers overlapping the standard grill.Installing the louvers without the grill would allow hands to enter the fan area, which is dangerous, so be sure to install the standard grill.

Caution

When pointing up When pointing down

(1) Remove the 4 attachment screws fromthe standard grill.

Remove the 4 attachment screws fromthe standard grill.

(2) Install the louver pointed up.Overlap the standard grill andscrew both in together.

The attachment screwsare in the louvers.

Install the louver pointed down.Overlap the standard grill andscrew both in together.

The attachment screwsare in the louvers.

(3)

(1)

(2)

(3)Installation complete Installation complete

3P089958-2C




Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of August 2008 but subject to change without notice.ED 04-910Printed in Japan 08/2008 B AK

Documents

DAIKIN Mini Split Inverter R-410A ED04-910